1 //===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // These classes wrap the information about a call or function 11 // definition used to handle ABI compliancy. 12 // 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "TargetInfo.h" 16 #include "ABIInfo.h" 17 #include "CGCXXABI.h" 18 #include "CGValue.h" 19 #include "CodeGenFunction.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 21 #include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h" 22 #include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h" 23 #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 24 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 25 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" 26 #include "llvm/IR/Type.h" 27 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 28 29 #include <algorithm> // std::sort 30 31 using namespace clang; 32 using namespace CodeGen; 33 34 static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder, 35 llvm::Value *Array, 36 llvm::Value *Value, 37 unsigned FirstIndex, 38 unsigned LastIndex) { 39 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source. 40 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) { 41 llvm::Value *Cell = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Array, I); 42 Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell); 43 } 44 } 45 46 static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) { 47 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) || 48 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 49 } 50 51 ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {} 52 53 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT, 54 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) { 55 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 56 if (!RD) 57 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default; 58 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD); 59 } 60 61 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T, 62 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) { 63 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 64 if (!RT) 65 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default; 66 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI); 67 } 68 69 /// Pass transparent unions as if they were the type of the first element. Sema 70 /// should ensure that all elements of the union have the same "machine type". 71 static QualType useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(QualType Ty) { 72 if (const RecordType *UT = Ty->getAsUnionType()) { 73 const RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 74 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 75 assert(!UD->field_empty() && "sema created an empty transparent union"); 76 return UD->field_begin()->getType(); 77 } 78 } 79 return Ty; 80 } 81 82 CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const { 83 return CGT.getCXXABI(); 84 } 85 86 ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const { 87 return CGT.getContext(); 88 } 89 90 llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const { 91 return CGT.getLLVMContext(); 92 } 93 94 const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const { 95 return CGT.getDataLayout(); 96 } 97 98 const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const { 99 return CGT.getTarget(); 100 } 101 102 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const { 103 return false; 104 } 105 106 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base, 107 uint64_t Members) const { 108 return false; 109 } 110 111 void ABIArgInfo::dump() const { 112 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); 113 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind="; 114 switch (TheKind) { 115 case Direct: 116 OS << "Direct Type="; 117 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType()) 118 Ty->print(OS); 119 else 120 OS << "null"; 121 break; 122 case Extend: 123 OS << "Extend"; 124 break; 125 case Ignore: 126 OS << "Ignore"; 127 break; 128 case InAlloca: 129 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex(); 130 break; 131 case Indirect: 132 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign() 133 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal() 134 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign(); 135 break; 136 case Expand: 137 OS << "Expand"; 138 break; 139 } 140 OS << ")\n"; 141 } 142 143 TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; } 144 145 // If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great. 146 // It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though. 147 unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const { 148 // Verified for: 149 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin 150 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin 151 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin 152 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI) 153 // AArch64 Linux 154 return 32; 155 } 156 157 bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, 158 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const { 159 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false: 160 // x86_stdcall 161 // MIPS 162 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out. 163 return false; 164 } 165 166 void 167 TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 168 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const { 169 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a 170 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or 171 // dynamic. 172 Opt = "-l"; 173 Opt += Lib; 174 } 175 176 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays); 177 178 /// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it 179 /// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s). 180 static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD, 181 bool AllowArrays) { 182 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield()) 183 return true; 184 185 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 186 187 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off. 188 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty. 189 if (AllowArrays) 190 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 191 if (AT->getSize() == 0) 192 return true; 193 FT = AT->getElementType(); 194 } 195 196 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>(); 197 if (!RT) 198 return false; 199 200 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI. 201 // 202 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the 203 // current ABI. 204 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) 205 return false; 206 207 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays); 208 } 209 210 /// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty 211 /// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not 212 /// considered empty. 213 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) { 214 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 215 if (!RT) 216 return 0; 217 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 218 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 219 return false; 220 221 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 222 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 223 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) 224 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true)) 225 return false; 226 227 for (const auto *I : RD->fields()) 228 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays)) 229 return false; 230 return true; 231 } 232 233 /// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single 234 /// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or 235 /// exactly one field which is itself a single element 236 /// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never 237 /// considered single element structs. 238 /// 239 /// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if 240 /// it exists. 241 static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) { 242 const RecordType *RT = T->getAsStructureType(); 243 if (!RT) 244 return nullptr; 245 246 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 247 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 248 return nullptr; 249 250 const Type *Found = nullptr; 251 252 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 253 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 254 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 255 // Ignore empty records. 256 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true)) 257 continue; 258 259 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct. 260 if (Found) 261 return nullptr; 262 263 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite 264 // cannot be a single element struct. 265 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context); 266 if (!Found) 267 return nullptr; 268 } 269 } 270 271 // Check for single element. 272 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 273 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 274 275 // Ignore empty fields. 276 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) 277 continue; 278 279 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element 280 // struct. 281 if (Found) 282 return nullptr; 283 284 // Treat single element arrays as the element. 285 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 286 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1) 287 break; 288 FT = AT->getElementType(); 289 } 290 291 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) { 292 Found = FT.getTypePtr(); 293 } else { 294 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context); 295 if (!Found) 296 return nullptr; 297 } 298 } 299 300 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has 301 // padding beyond the element type. 302 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T)) 303 return nullptr; 304 305 return Found; 306 } 307 308 static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) { 309 // Treat complex types as the element type. 310 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 311 Ty = CTy->getElementType(); 312 313 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing 314 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32 315 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.) 316 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() && 317 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 318 return false; 319 320 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 321 return Size == 32 || Size == 64; 322 } 323 324 /// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be 325 /// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was 326 /// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid 327 /// inhibiting optimizations. 328 /// 329 // FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows 330 // llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We 331 // should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend 332 // capable of handling it. 333 static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) { 334 // We can only expand structure types. 335 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 336 if (!RT) 337 return false; 338 339 // We can only expand (C) structures. 340 // 341 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well. 342 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 343 if (!RD->isStruct() || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 344 return false; 345 346 uint64_t Size = 0; 347 348 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 349 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context)) 350 return false; 351 352 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know 353 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still 354 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously. 355 if (FD->isBitField()) 356 return false; 357 358 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType()); 359 } 360 361 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct. 362 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty)) 363 return false; 364 365 return true; 366 } 367 368 namespace { 369 /// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific 370 /// details. This implementation provides information which results in 371 /// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not 372 /// conform to any particular ABI. 373 class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 374 public: 375 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 376 377 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 378 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 379 380 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 381 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 382 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 383 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 384 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 385 } 386 387 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 388 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 389 }; 390 391 class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 392 public: 393 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 394 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 395 }; 396 397 llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 398 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 399 return nullptr; 400 } 401 402 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 403 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) 404 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 405 406 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 407 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 408 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 409 410 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 411 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 412 } 413 414 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 415 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 416 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 417 418 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) 419 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 420 421 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 422 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 423 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 424 425 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 426 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 427 } 428 429 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 430 // le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation 431 // 432 // This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values 433 // are always passed on the stack. 434 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 435 436 class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 437 public: 438 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 439 440 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 441 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 442 443 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 444 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 445 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 446 }; 447 448 class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 449 public: 450 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 451 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {} 452 }; 453 454 void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 455 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 456 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 457 458 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 459 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 460 } 461 462 llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 463 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 464 return nullptr; 465 } 466 467 /// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty. 468 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 469 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 470 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 471 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 472 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 473 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 474 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 475 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 476 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) { 477 // Floating-point types don't go inreg. 478 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 479 } 480 481 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 482 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 483 } 484 485 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 486 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 487 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 488 489 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack. 490 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) 491 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 492 493 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 494 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 495 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 496 497 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 498 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 499 } 500 501 /// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type. 502 bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) { 503 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>. 504 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 && 505 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() && 506 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64; 507 } 508 509 static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 510 StringRef Constraint, 511 llvm::Type* Ty) { 512 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) { 513 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) { 514 // Invalid MMX constraint 515 return nullptr; 516 } 517 518 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext()); 519 } 520 521 // No operation needed 522 return Ty; 523 } 524 525 /// Returns true if this type can be passed in SSE registers with the 526 /// X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64. 527 static bool isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 528 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 529 if (BT->isFloatingPoint() && BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Half) 530 return true; 531 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 532 // vectorcall can pass XMM, YMM, and ZMM vectors. We don't pass SSE1 MMX 533 // registers specially. 534 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT); 535 if (VecSize == 128 || VecSize == 256 || VecSize == 512) 536 return true; 537 } 538 return false; 539 } 540 541 /// Returns true if this aggregate is small enough to be passed in SSE registers 542 /// in the X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64. 543 static bool isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(uint64_t NumMembers) { 544 return NumMembers <= 4; 545 } 546 547 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 548 // X86-32 ABI Implementation 549 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 550 551 /// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang. 552 struct CCState { 553 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0), FreeSSERegs(0) {} 554 555 unsigned CC; 556 unsigned FreeRegs; 557 unsigned FreeSSERegs; 558 }; 559 560 /// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information. 561 class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 562 enum Class { 563 Integer, 564 Float 565 }; 566 567 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4; 568 569 bool IsDarwinVectorABI; 570 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI; 571 bool IsWin32StructABI; 572 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters; 573 574 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) { 575 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64); 576 } 577 578 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override { 579 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use. 580 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty); 581 } 582 583 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, 584 uint64_t NumMembers) const override { 585 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use. 586 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers); 587 } 588 589 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const; 590 591 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 592 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory. 593 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const; 594 595 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const; 596 597 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack. 598 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const; 599 600 Class classify(QualType Ty) const; 601 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const; 602 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const; 603 bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const; 604 605 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use 606 /// inalloca. 607 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const; 608 609 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields, 610 unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info, 611 QualType Type) const; 612 613 public: 614 615 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 616 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 617 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 618 619 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w, 620 unsigned r) 621 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p), 622 IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {} 623 }; 624 625 class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 626 public: 627 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, 628 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r) 629 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {} 630 631 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI( 632 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts); 633 634 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 635 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override; 636 637 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 638 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH. 639 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5; 640 return 4; 641 } 642 643 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 644 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 645 646 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 647 StringRef Constraint, 648 llvm::Type* Ty) const override { 649 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); 650 } 651 652 void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue, 653 std::string &Constraints, 654 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes, 655 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes, 656 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, 657 std::string &AsmString, 658 unsigned NumOutputs) const override; 659 660 llvm::Constant * 661 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 662 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 663 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08 664 ('F' << 16) | 665 ('T' << 24); 666 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig); 667 } 668 669 }; 670 671 } 672 673 /// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints. 674 /// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output, 675 /// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1: 676 /// mov $0, $1 677 /// mov eax, $1 678 /// The result will be: 679 /// mov $0, $2 680 /// mov eax, $2 681 static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn, 682 unsigned NumNewOuts, 683 std::string &AsmString) { 684 std::string Buf; 685 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf); 686 size_t Pos = 0; 687 while (Pos < AsmString.size()) { 688 size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos); 689 if (DollarStart == std::string::npos) 690 DollarStart = AsmString.size(); 691 size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart); 692 if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos) 693 DollarEnd = AsmString.size(); 694 OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos); 695 Pos = DollarEnd; 696 size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart; 697 if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) { 698 // We have an operand reference. 699 size_t DigitStart = Pos; 700 size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart); 701 if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos) 702 DigitEnd = AsmString.size(); 703 StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart); 704 unsigned OperandIndex; 705 if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) { 706 if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn) 707 OperandIndex += NumNewOuts; 708 OS << OperandIndex; 709 } else { 710 OS << OperandStr; 711 } 712 Pos = DigitEnd; 713 } 714 } 715 AsmString = std::move(OS.str()); 716 } 717 718 /// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers. 719 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs( 720 CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints, 721 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes, 722 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes, 723 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString, 724 unsigned NumOutputs) const { 725 uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType()); 726 727 // Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is 728 // larger. 729 if (!Constraints.empty()) 730 Constraints += ','; 731 if (RetWidth <= 32) { 732 Constraints += "={eax}"; 733 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty); 734 } else { 735 // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX. 736 Constraints += "=A"; 737 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty); 738 } 739 740 // Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size. 741 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth); 742 ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy); 743 744 // Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer. 745 ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(), 746 CoerceTy->getPointerTo())); 747 ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot); 748 749 rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString); 750 } 751 752 /// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be 753 /// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI). 754 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, 755 ASTContext &Context) const { 756 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 757 758 // Type must be register sized. 759 if (!isRegisterSize(Size)) 760 return false; 761 762 if (Ty->isVectorType()) { 763 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in 764 // registers. 765 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128) 766 return false; 767 768 return true; 769 } 770 771 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or 772 // member function pointer it is ok. 773 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() || 774 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() || 775 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) 776 return true; 777 778 // Arrays are treated like records. 779 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) 780 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context); 781 782 // Otherwise, it must be a record type. 783 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 784 if (!RT) return false; 785 786 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too. 787 788 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be 789 // passed in a register. 790 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) { 791 // Empty fields are ignored. 792 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) 793 continue; 794 795 // Check fields recursively. 796 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context)) 797 return false; 798 } 799 return true; 800 } 801 802 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const { 803 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one 804 // integer register. 805 if (State.FreeRegs) { 806 --State.FreeRegs; 807 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false); 808 } 809 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false); 810 } 811 812 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const { 813 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 814 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 815 816 const Type *Base = nullptr; 817 uint64_t NumElts = 0; 818 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall && 819 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, NumElts)) { 820 // The LLVM struct type for such an aggregate should lower properly. 821 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 822 } 823 824 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { 825 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers. 826 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { 827 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 828 829 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in 830 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM 831 // backend will like. 832 if (Size == 128) 833 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get( 834 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2)); 835 836 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose 837 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element. 838 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || 839 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) 840 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 841 Size)); 842 843 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 844 } 845 846 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 847 } 848 849 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 850 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 851 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. 852 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 853 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 854 } 855 856 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect. 857 if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 858 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 859 860 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned 861 // in a register. 862 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) { 863 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 864 865 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and 866 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a 867 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.) 868 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the 869 // quality of the generated IR. 870 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext())) 871 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType()) 872 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) 873 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0))); 874 875 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead 876 // padding. 877 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size)); 878 } 879 880 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 881 } 882 883 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 884 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 885 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 886 887 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 888 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 889 } 890 891 static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 892 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128; 893 } 894 895 static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 896 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 897 if (!RT) 898 return 0; 899 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 900 901 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 902 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 903 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) 904 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType())) 905 return false; 906 907 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) { 908 QualType FT = i->getType(); 909 910 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) 911 return true; 912 913 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) 914 return true; 915 } 916 917 return false; 918 } 919 920 unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, 921 unsigned Align) const { 922 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI 923 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this. 924 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes) 925 return 0; // Use default alignment. 926 927 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4. 928 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) { 929 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top. 930 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 931 } 932 933 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16. 934 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) || 935 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty))) 936 return 16; 937 938 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 939 } 940 941 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, 942 CCState &State) const { 943 if (!ByVal) { 944 if (State.FreeRegs) { 945 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer. 946 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false); 947 } 948 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false); 949 } 950 951 // Compute the byval alignment. 952 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 953 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign); 954 if (StackAlign == 0) 955 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true); 956 957 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the 958 // argument. 959 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign; 960 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign); 961 } 962 963 X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const { 964 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()); 965 if (!T) 966 T = Ty.getTypePtr(); 967 968 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 969 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind(); 970 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double) 971 return Float; 972 } 973 return Integer; 974 } 975 976 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, 977 bool &NeedsPadding) const { 978 NeedsPadding = false; 979 Class C = classify(Ty); 980 if (C == Float) 981 return false; 982 983 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 984 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32; 985 986 if (SizeInRegs == 0) 987 return false; 988 989 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) { 990 State.FreeRegs = 0; 991 return false; 992 } 993 994 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs; 995 996 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall || 997 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) { 998 if (Size > 32) 999 return false; 1000 1001 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 1002 return true; 1003 1004 if (Ty->isPointerType()) 1005 return true; 1006 1007 if (Ty->isReferenceType()) 1008 return true; 1009 1010 if (State.FreeRegs) 1011 NeedsPadding = true; 1012 1013 return false; 1014 } 1015 1016 return true; 1017 } 1018 1019 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 1020 CCState &State) const { 1021 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments. 1022 1023 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 1024 1025 // Check with the C++ ABI first. 1026 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 1027 if (RT) { 1028 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()); 1029 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) { 1030 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State); 1031 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) { 1032 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later. 1033 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0); 1034 } 1035 } 1036 1037 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar 1038 // to other targets. 1039 const Type *Base = nullptr; 1040 uint64_t NumElts = 0; 1041 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall && 1042 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) { 1043 if (State.FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) { 1044 State.FreeSSERegs -= NumElts; 1045 if (Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType()) 1046 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 1047 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand(); 1048 } 1049 return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false, State); 1050 } 1051 1052 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 1053 if (RT) { 1054 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain. 1055 if (IsWin32StructABI) 1056 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 1057 1058 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. 1059 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 1060 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 1061 } 1062 1063 // Ignore empty structs/unions. 1064 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 1065 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 1066 1067 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext(); 1068 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext); 1069 bool NeedsPadding; 1070 if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) { 1071 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; 1072 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32); 1073 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements); 1074 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result); 1075 } 1076 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr; 1077 1078 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout 1079 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the 1080 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many 1081 // optimizations. 1082 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 && 1083 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext())) 1084 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding( 1085 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall || 1086 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall, 1087 PaddingType); 1088 1089 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 1090 } 1091 1092 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1093 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing 1094 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64. 1095 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { 1096 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1097 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || 1098 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) 1099 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 1100 Size)); 1101 } 1102 1103 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty))) 1104 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64)); 1105 1106 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 1107 } 1108 1109 1110 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 1111 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 1112 1113 bool NeedsPadding; 1114 bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding); 1115 1116 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) { 1117 if (InReg) 1118 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg(); 1119 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 1120 } 1121 if (InReg) 1122 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(); 1123 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 1124 } 1125 1126 void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 1127 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention()); 1128 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) 1129 State.FreeRegs = 2; 1130 else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) { 1131 State.FreeRegs = 2; 1132 State.FreeSSERegs = 6; 1133 } else if (FI.getHasRegParm()) 1134 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm(); 1135 else 1136 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters; 1137 1138 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) { 1139 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State); 1140 } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) { 1141 // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the 1142 // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate. 1143 if (State.FreeRegs) { 1144 --State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register. 1145 FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true); 1146 } 1147 } 1148 1149 bool UsedInAlloca = false; 1150 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 1151 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State); 1152 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca); 1153 } 1154 1155 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite 1156 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca. 1157 if (UsedInAlloca) 1158 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI); 1159 } 1160 1161 void 1162 X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields, 1163 unsigned &StackOffset, 1164 ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const { 1165 assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct"); 1166 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size()); 1167 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type)); 1168 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity(); 1169 1170 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment. For x86_32, each argument is 4 1171 // byte aligned. 1172 if (StackOffset % 4U) { 1173 unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset; 1174 StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U); 1175 unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset; 1176 assert(NumBytes); 1177 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()); 1178 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes); 1179 FrameFields.push_back(Ty); 1180 } 1181 } 1182 1183 static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) { 1184 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone. 1185 switch (Info.getKind()) { 1186 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 1187 return true; 1188 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 1189 assert(Info.getIndirectByVal()); 1190 return true; 1191 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 1192 return false; 1193 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 1194 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 1195 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 1196 if (Info.getInReg()) 1197 return false; 1198 return true; 1199 } 1200 llvm_unreachable("invalid enum"); 1201 } 1202 1203 void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 1204 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32"); 1205 1206 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory. 1207 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields; 1208 1209 unsigned StackOffset = 0; 1210 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end(); 1211 1212 // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary. 1213 bool IsThisCall = 1214 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall; 1215 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo(); 1216 if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall && 1217 isArgInAlloca(I->info)) { 1218 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type); 1219 ++I; 1220 } 1221 1222 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory. 1223 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) { 1224 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType()); 1225 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy); 1226 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax. 1227 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI); 1228 } 1229 1230 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx. 1231 if (IsThisCall) 1232 ++I; 1233 1234 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct. 1235 for (; I != E; ++I) { 1236 if (isArgInAlloca(I->info)) 1237 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type); 1238 } 1239 1240 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields, 1241 /*isPacked=*/true)); 1242 } 1243 1244 llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1245 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 1246 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 1247 1248 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 1249 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 1250 "ap"); 1251 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 1252 1253 // Compute if the address needs to be aligned 1254 unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity(); 1255 Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align); 1256 Align = std::max(Align, 4U); 1257 if (Align > 4) { 1258 // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align; 1259 llvm::Value *Offset = 1260 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1); 1261 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset); 1262 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, 1263 CGF.Int32Ty); 1264 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align); 1265 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask), 1266 Addr->getType(), 1267 "ap.cur.aligned"); 1268 } 1269 1270 llvm::Type *PTy = 1271 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 1272 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 1273 1274 uint64_t Offset = 1275 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align); 1276 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 1277 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 1278 "ap.next"); 1279 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 1280 1281 return AddrTyped; 1282 } 1283 1284 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI( 1285 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) { 1286 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86); 1287 1288 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) { 1289 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default: 1290 break; 1291 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return 1292 return false; 1293 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return 1294 return true; 1295 } 1296 1297 if (Triple.isOSDarwin()) 1298 return true; 1299 1300 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 1301 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly: 1302 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD: 1303 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD: 1304 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig: 1305 case llvm::Triple::Win32: 1306 return true; 1307 default: 1308 return false; 1309 } 1310 } 1311 1312 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 1313 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 1314 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 1315 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1316 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) { 1317 // Get the LLVM function. 1318 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 1319 1320 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16. 1321 llvm::AttrBuilder B; 1322 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16); 1323 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 1324 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), 1325 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 1326 B)); 1327 } 1328 } 1329 } 1330 1331 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( 1332 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1333 llvm::Value *Address) const { 1334 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 1335 1336 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 1337 1338 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different 1339 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same. 1340 // 8 is %eip. 1341 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8); 1342 1343 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) { 1344 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4. 1345 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on 1346 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type. 1347 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16); 1348 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16); 1349 1350 } else { 1351 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some 1352 // reason. 1353 Builder.CreateStore(Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Address, 9)); 1354 1355 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5. 1356 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on 1357 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type. 1358 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12); 1359 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16); 1360 } 1361 1362 return false; 1363 } 1364 1365 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1366 // X86-64 ABI Implementation 1367 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1368 1369 1370 namespace { 1371 /// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information. 1372 class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 1373 enum Class { 1374 Integer = 0, 1375 SSE, 1376 SSEUp, 1377 X87, 1378 X87Up, 1379 ComplexX87, 1380 NoClass, 1381 Memory 1382 }; 1383 1384 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm. 1385 /// 1386 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field 1387 /// classification \arg Field. 1388 /// 1389 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should 1390 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge 1391 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller 1392 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate). 1393 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field); 1394 1395 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm. 1396 /// 1397 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to 1398 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary. 1399 /// 1400 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in 1401 /// the classification process. 1402 /// 1403 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type 1404 /// residing in the low word of the containing object. 1405 /// 1406 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type 1407 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object. 1408 /// 1409 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const; 1410 1411 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the 1412 /// given type T should be passed. 1413 /// 1414 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type 1415 /// residing in the low word of the containing object. 1416 /// 1417 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type 1418 /// residing in the high word of the containing object. 1419 /// 1420 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the 1421 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different 1422 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary. 1423 /// 1424 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named" 1425 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7. 1426 /// 1427 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should 1428 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo 1429 /// will be Memory. 1430 /// 1431 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored. 1432 /// 1433 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will 1434 /// also be ComplexX87. 1435 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi, 1436 bool isNamedArg) const; 1437 1438 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 1439 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, 1440 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, 1441 unsigned SourceOffset) const; 1442 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, 1443 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, 1444 unsigned SourceOffset) const; 1445 1446 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 1447 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory. 1448 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const; 1449 1450 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 1451 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory. 1452 /// 1453 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining 1454 /// available. 1455 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const; 1456 1457 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 1458 1459 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 1460 unsigned freeIntRegs, 1461 unsigned &neededInt, 1462 unsigned &neededSSE, 1463 bool isNamedArg) const; 1464 1465 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 1466 1467 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities, 1468 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with 1469 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which 1470 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC 1471 /// may need to exempt themselves. 1472 bool honorsRevision0_98() const { 1473 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin(); 1474 } 1475 1476 bool HasAVX; 1477 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on 1478 // 64-bit hardware. 1479 bool Has64BitPointers; 1480 1481 public: 1482 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool hasavx) : 1483 ABIInfo(CGT), HasAVX(hasavx), 1484 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) { 1485 } 1486 1487 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const { 1488 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 1489 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here. 1490 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE, 1491 /*isNamedArg*/true); 1492 if (info.isDirect()) { 1493 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType(); 1494 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty)) 1495 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128); 1496 } 1497 return false; 1498 } 1499 1500 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 1501 1502 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1503 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 1504 }; 1505 1506 /// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information. 1507 class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 1508 1509 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs, 1510 bool IsReturnType) const; 1511 1512 public: 1513 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 1514 1515 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 1516 1517 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1518 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 1519 1520 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override { 1521 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use. 1522 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty); 1523 } 1524 1525 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, 1526 uint64_t NumMembers) const override { 1527 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use. 1528 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers); 1529 } 1530 }; 1531 1532 class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 1533 bool HasAVX; 1534 public: 1535 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 1536 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {} 1537 1538 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { 1539 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); 1540 } 1541 1542 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1543 return 7; 1544 } 1545 1546 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1547 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 1548 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); 1549 1550 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 1551 // 16 is %rip. 1552 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); 1553 return false; 1554 } 1555 1556 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1557 StringRef Constraint, 1558 llvm::Type* Ty) const override { 1559 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); 1560 } 1561 1562 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, 1563 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override { 1564 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA 1565 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped 1566 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do 1567 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is 1568 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI 1569 // defines varargs anyway. 1570 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) { 1571 bool HasAVXType = false; 1572 for (CallArgList::const_iterator 1573 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) { 1574 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) { 1575 HasAVXType = true; 1576 break; 1577 } 1578 } 1579 1580 if (!HasAVXType) 1581 return true; 1582 } 1583 1584 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType); 1585 } 1586 1587 llvm::Constant * 1588 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1589 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 1590 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c 1591 ('F' << 16) | 1592 ('T' << 24); 1593 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig); 1594 } 1595 1596 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 1597 return HasAVX ? 32 : 16; 1598 } 1599 }; 1600 1601 static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) { 1602 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix. This 1603 // matches the behavior of MSVC. 1604 std::string ArgStr = Lib; 1605 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib")) 1606 ArgStr += ".lib"; 1607 return ArgStr; 1608 } 1609 1610 class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo { 1611 public: 1612 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, 1613 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms) 1614 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {} 1615 1616 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 1617 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { 1618 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:"; 1619 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib); 1620 } 1621 1622 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, 1623 llvm::StringRef Value, 1624 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override { 1625 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\""; 1626 } 1627 }; 1628 1629 class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 1630 bool HasAVX; 1631 public: 1632 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 1633 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {} 1634 1635 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1636 return 7; 1637 } 1638 1639 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1640 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 1641 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); 1642 1643 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 1644 // 16 is %rip. 1645 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); 1646 return false; 1647 } 1648 1649 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 1650 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { 1651 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:"; 1652 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib); 1653 } 1654 1655 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, 1656 llvm::StringRef Value, 1657 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override { 1658 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\""; 1659 } 1660 1661 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 1662 return HasAVX ? 32 : 16; 1663 } 1664 }; 1665 1666 } 1667 1668 void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, 1669 Class &Hi) const { 1670 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done: 1671 // 1672 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in 1673 // memory. 1674 // 1675 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in 1676 // memory. 1677 // 1678 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first 1679 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole 1680 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the 1681 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type. 1682 // 1683 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE. 1684 // 1685 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise 1686 // only with unions; for example: 1687 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; } 1688 // 1689 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98. 1690 // 1691 if (Hi == Memory) 1692 Lo = Memory; 1693 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98()) 1694 Lo = Memory; 1695 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp)) 1696 Lo = Memory; 1697 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE) 1698 Hi = SSE; 1699 } 1700 1701 X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) { 1702 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is 1703 // classified recursively so that always two fields are 1704 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to 1705 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte: 1706 // 1707 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class. 1708 // 1709 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is 1710 // the other class. 1711 // 1712 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY 1713 // class. 1714 // 1715 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the 1716 // INTEGER. 1717 // 1718 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class, 1719 // MEMORY is used as class. 1720 // 1721 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used. 1722 1723 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or 1724 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure). 1725 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) && 1726 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge."); 1727 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass) 1728 return Accum; 1729 if (Field == Memory) 1730 return Memory; 1731 if (Accum == NoClass) 1732 return Field; 1733 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer) 1734 return Integer; 1735 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 || 1736 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up) 1737 return Memory; 1738 return SSE; 1739 } 1740 1741 void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase, 1742 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const { 1743 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for 1744 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various 1745 // situations. 1746 1747 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors 1748 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they 1749 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify. 1750 1751 Lo = Hi = NoClass; 1752 1753 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi; 1754 Current = Memory; 1755 1756 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 1757 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind(); 1758 1759 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) { 1760 Current = NoClass; 1761 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) { 1762 Lo = Integer; 1763 Hi = Integer; 1764 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) { 1765 Current = Integer; 1766 } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) || 1767 (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble && 1768 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) { 1769 Current = SSE; 1770 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) { 1771 Lo = X87; 1772 Hi = X87Up; 1773 } 1774 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE. 1775 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp). 1776 return; 1777 } 1778 1779 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 1780 // Classify the underlying integer type. 1781 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg); 1782 return; 1783 } 1784 1785 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) { 1786 Current = Integer; 1787 return; 1788 } 1789 1790 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 1791 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) { 1792 if (Has64BitPointers) { 1793 // If Has64BitPointers, this is an {i64, i64}, so classify both 1794 // Lo and Hi now. 1795 Lo = Hi = Integer; 1796 } else { 1797 // Otherwise, with 32-bit pointers, this is an {i32, i32}. If that 1798 // straddles an eightbyte boundary, Hi should be classified as well. 1799 uint64_t EB_FuncPtr = (OffsetBase) / 64; 1800 uint64_t EB_ThisAdj = (OffsetBase + 64 - 1) / 64; 1801 if (EB_FuncPtr != EB_ThisAdj) { 1802 Lo = Hi = Integer; 1803 } else { 1804 Current = Integer; 1805 } 1806 } 1807 } else { 1808 Current = Integer; 1809 } 1810 return; 1811 } 1812 1813 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1814 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 1815 if (Size == 32) { 1816 // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x 1817 // float> as integer. 1818 Current = Integer; 1819 1820 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be 1821 // split. 1822 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64; 1823 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64; 1824 if (EB_Real != EB_Imag) 1825 Hi = Lo; 1826 } else if (Size == 64) { 1827 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :( 1828 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) 1829 return; 1830 1831 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER. 1832 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1833 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) || 1834 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) || 1835 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong)) 1836 Current = Integer; 1837 else 1838 Current = SSE; 1839 1840 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be 1841 // split. 1842 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64) 1843 Hi = Lo; 1844 } else if (Size == 128 || (HasAVX && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) { 1845 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The 1846 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class 1847 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be 1848 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense. 1849 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases 1850 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding 1851 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part. 1852 // 1853 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in 1854 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a 1855 // variadic function. 1856 Lo = SSE; 1857 Hi = SSEUp; 1858 } 1859 return; 1860 } 1861 1862 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 1863 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType()); 1864 1865 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1866 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 1867 if (Size <= 64) 1868 Current = Integer; 1869 else if (Size <= 128) 1870 Lo = Hi = Integer; 1871 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy) 1872 Current = SSE; 1873 else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy || 1874 (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy && 1875 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) 1876 Lo = Hi = SSE; 1877 else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy) 1878 Current = ComplexX87; 1879 1880 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it 1881 // should be split. 1882 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64; 1883 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64; 1884 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag) 1885 Hi = Lo; 1886 1887 return; 1888 } 1889 1890 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 1891 // Arrays are treated like structures. 1892 1893 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1894 1895 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger 1896 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. 1897 if (Size > 256) 1898 return; 1899 1900 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned 1901 // fields, it has class MEMORY. 1902 // 1903 // Only need to check alignment of array base. 1904 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType())) 1905 return; 1906 1907 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about 1908 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify. 1909 Current = NoClass; 1910 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); 1911 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1912 1913 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array 1914 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended 1915 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. 1916 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256) 1917 return; 1918 1919 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) { 1920 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 1921 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 1922 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 1923 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 1924 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 1925 break; 1926 } 1927 1928 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); 1929 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification."); 1930 return; 1931 } 1932 1933 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1934 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1935 1936 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger 1937 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. 1938 if (Size > 256) 1939 return; 1940 1941 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial 1942 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible 1943 // reference. 1944 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI())) 1945 return; 1946 1947 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 1948 1949 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory. 1950 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 1951 return; 1952 1953 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 1954 1955 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed. 1956 Current = NoClass; 1957 1958 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first. 1959 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 1960 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 1961 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && 1962 "Unexpected base class!"); 1963 const CXXRecordDecl *Base = 1964 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1965 1966 // Classify this field. 1967 // 1968 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a 1969 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets 1970 // initialized to class NO_CLASS. 1971 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 1972 uint64_t Offset = 1973 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); 1974 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 1975 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 1976 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 1977 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 1978 break; 1979 } 1980 } 1981 1982 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results. 1983 unsigned idx = 0; 1984 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 1985 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 1986 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 1987 bool BitField = i->isBitField(); 1988 1989 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than 1990 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY. 1991 // 1992 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct 1993 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended 1994 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. 1995 // 1996 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) { 1997 Lo = Memory; 1998 return; 1999 } 2000 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below. 2001 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) { 2002 Lo = Memory; 2003 return; 2004 } 2005 2006 // Classify this field. 2007 // 2008 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate 2009 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified 2010 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class 2011 // NO_CLASS. 2012 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 2013 2014 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the 2015 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and 2016 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte. 2017 if (BitField) { 2018 // Ignore padding bit-fields. 2019 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield()) 2020 continue; 2021 2022 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 2023 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext()); 2024 2025 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64; 2026 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64; 2027 2028 if (EB_Lo) { 2029 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes."); 2030 FieldLo = NoClass; 2031 FieldHi = Integer; 2032 } else { 2033 FieldLo = Integer; 2034 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass; 2035 } 2036 } else 2037 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 2038 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 2039 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 2040 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 2041 break; 2042 } 2043 2044 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); 2045 } 2046 } 2047 2048 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const { 2049 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right 2050 // place naturally. 2051 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 2052 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2053 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2054 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2055 2056 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 2057 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 2058 } 2059 2060 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 2061 } 2062 2063 bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 2064 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 2065 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy); 2066 unsigned LargestVector = HasAVX ? 256 : 128; 2067 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector) 2068 return true; 2069 } 2070 2071 return false; 2072 } 2073 2074 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, 2075 unsigned freeIntRegs) const { 2076 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right 2077 // place naturally. 2078 // 2079 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available 2080 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass 2081 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently, 2082 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with 2083 // 'onstack'. See PR12193. 2084 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 2085 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2086 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2087 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2088 2089 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 2090 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 2091 } 2092 2093 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 2094 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 2095 2096 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all 2097 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval. 2098 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U); 2099 2100 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This 2101 // is important for good codegen. 2102 // 2103 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can 2104 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval). 2105 // 2106 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the 2107 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers 2108 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value 2109 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the 2110 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first), 2111 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that 2112 // might be inreg. 2113 // 2114 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for 2115 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer 2116 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed 2117 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now. 2118 // 2119 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter 2120 // attributes. See PR12193. 2121 if (freeIntRegs == 0) { 2122 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 2123 2124 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral 2125 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8). 2126 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64) 2127 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2128 Size)); 2129 } 2130 2131 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align); 2132 } 2133 2134 /// GetByteVectorType - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in an 2135 /// full vector XMM/YMM register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a 2136 /// vector register. 2137 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 2138 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2139 2140 // Wrapper structs that just contain vectors are passed just like vectors, 2141 // strip them off if present. 2142 llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType); 2143 while (STy && STy->getNumElements() == 1) { 2144 IRType = STy->getElementType(0); 2145 STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType); 2146 } 2147 2148 // If the preferred type is a 16-byte vector, prefer to pass it. 2149 if (llvm::VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)){ 2150 llvm::Type *EltTy = VT->getElementType(); 2151 unsigned BitWidth = VT->getBitWidth(); 2152 if ((BitWidth >= 128 && BitWidth <= 256) && 2153 (EltTy->isFloatTy() || EltTy->isDoubleTy() || 2154 EltTy->isIntegerTy(8) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(16) || 2155 EltTy->isIntegerTy(32) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(64) || 2156 EltTy->isIntegerTy(128))) 2157 return VT; 2158 } 2159 2160 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2); 2161 } 2162 2163 /// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range 2164 /// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in 2165 /// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits 2166 /// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful 2167 /// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class. 2168 /// 2169 /// It is conservatively correct to return false. 2170 static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit, 2171 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) { 2172 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user 2173 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other 2174 // types that don't contain interesting padding. 2175 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 2176 if (TySize <= StartBit) 2177 return true; 2178 2179 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 2180 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); 2181 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 2182 2183 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range. 2184 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) { 2185 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done.. 2186 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize; 2187 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break; 2188 2189 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0; 2190 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart, 2191 EndBit-EltOffset, Context)) 2192 return false; 2193 } 2194 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding. 2195 return true; 2196 } 2197 2198 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 2199 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 2200 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); 2201 2202 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 2203 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 2204 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 2205 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && 2206 "Unexpected base class!"); 2207 const CXXRecordDecl *Base = 2208 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 2209 2210 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it. 2211 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); 2212 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue; 2213 2214 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0; 2215 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart, 2216 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context)) 2217 return false; 2218 } 2219 } 2220 2221 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes 2222 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields, 2223 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care 2224 // much. 2225 unsigned idx = 0; 2226 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 2227 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 2228 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 2229 2230 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done. 2231 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break; 2232 2233 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0; 2234 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset, 2235 Context)) 2236 return false; 2237 } 2238 2239 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're 2240 // clean. 2241 return true; 2242 } 2243 2244 return false; 2245 } 2246 2247 /// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a 2248 /// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a 2249 /// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return 2250 /// false. 2251 static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2252 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { 2253 // Base case if we find a float. 2254 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy()) 2255 return true; 2256 2257 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2258 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { 2259 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy); 2260 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); 2261 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt); 2262 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD); 2263 } 2264 2265 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2266 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { 2267 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); 2268 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); 2269 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; 2270 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD); 2271 } 2272 2273 return false; 2274 } 2275 2276 2277 /// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the 2278 /// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class. 2279 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: 2280 GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2281 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { 2282 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We 2283 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for 2284 // structs that contain 3 floats. 2285 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32, 2286 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) 2287 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()); 2288 2289 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at 2290 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the 2291 // case. 2292 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) && 2293 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout())) 2294 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2); 2295 2296 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 2297 } 2298 2299 2300 /// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in 2301 /// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking 2302 /// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks 2303 /// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything 2304 /// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*, 2305 /// etc). 2306 /// 2307 /// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for 2308 /// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that 2309 /// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null. 2310 /// 2311 /// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is 2312 /// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8). 2313 /// 2314 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: 2315 GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2316 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { 2317 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're 2318 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it. 2319 if (IROffset == 0) { 2320 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit. 2321 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) || 2322 IRType->isIntegerTy(64)) 2323 return IRType; 2324 2325 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the 2326 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to 2327 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on 2328 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We 2329 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on 2330 // unions being lowered a specific way etc. 2331 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) || 2332 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) || 2333 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) { 2334 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 : 2335 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth(); 2336 2337 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth, 2338 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) 2339 return IRType; 2340 } 2341 } 2342 2343 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { 2344 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2345 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy); 2346 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) { 2347 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); 2348 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx); 2349 2350 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset, 2351 SourceTy, SourceOffset); 2352 } 2353 } 2354 2355 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { 2356 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); 2357 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); 2358 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; 2359 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy, 2360 SourceOffset); 2361 } 2362 2363 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an 2364 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct. 2365 unsigned TySizeInBytes = 2366 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity(); 2367 2368 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?"); 2369 2370 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that 2371 // isn't larger than the structure. 2372 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2373 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8); 2374 } 2375 2376 2377 /// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally 2378 /// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a 2379 /// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of 2380 /// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float, 2381 /// return {i32*, float}. 2382 static llvm::Type * 2383 GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi, 2384 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { 2385 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start 2386 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types 2387 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have 2388 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this: 2389 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo); 2390 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi); 2391 unsigned HiStart = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign); 2392 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); 2393 2394 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the 2395 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size 2396 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the 2397 // struct. 2398 if (HiStart != 8) { 2399 // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for 2400 // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32. 2401 // Promote these to a larger type. 2402 if (Lo->isFloatTy()) 2403 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext()); 2404 else { 2405 assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type"); 2406 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext()); 2407 } 2408 } 2409 2410 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, nullptr); 2411 2412 2413 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset. 2414 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 && 2415 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); 2416 return Result; 2417 } 2418 2419 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo:: 2420 classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 2421 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the 2422 // classification algorithm. 2423 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; 2424 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true); 2425 2426 // Check some invariants. 2427 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); 2428 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); 2429 2430 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr; 2431 switch (Lo) { 2432 case NoClass: 2433 if (Hi == NoClass) 2434 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2435 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType 2436 // null. 2437 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && 2438 "Unknown missing lo part"); 2439 break; 2440 2441 case SSEUp: 2442 case X87Up: 2443 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); 2444 2445 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via 2446 // hidden argument. 2447 case Memory: 2448 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy); 2449 2450 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next 2451 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used. 2452 case Integer: 2453 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); 2454 2455 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend 2456 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. 2457 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { 2458 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2459 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 2460 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2461 2462 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && 2463 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) 2464 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2465 } 2466 break; 2467 2468 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next 2469 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used. 2470 case SSE: 2471 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); 2472 break; 2473 2474 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is 2475 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number. 2476 case X87: 2477 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()); 2478 break; 2479 2480 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real 2481 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in 2482 // %st1. 2483 case ComplexX87: 2484 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification."); 2485 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), 2486 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), 2487 nullptr); 2488 break; 2489 } 2490 2491 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr; 2492 switch (Hi) { 2493 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should 2494 // never occur as a hi class. 2495 case Memory: 2496 case X87: 2497 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); 2498 2499 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled. 2500 case NoClass: 2501 break; 2502 2503 case Integer: 2504 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2505 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2506 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2507 break; 2508 case SSE: 2509 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2510 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2511 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2512 break; 2513 2514 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte 2515 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used 2516 // vector register. 2517 // 2518 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen. 2519 case SSEUp: 2520 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification."); 2521 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy); 2522 break; 2523 2524 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is 2525 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0. 2526 case X87Up: 2527 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do 2528 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be 2529 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the 2530 // extra bits in an SSE reg. 2531 if (Lo != X87) { 2532 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2533 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2534 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2535 } 2536 break; 2537 } 2538 2539 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is 2540 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a 2541 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} 2542 if (HighPart) 2543 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); 2544 2545 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 2546 } 2547 2548 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType( 2549 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE, 2550 bool isNamedArg) 2551 const 2552 { 2553 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 2554 2555 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; 2556 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg); 2557 2558 // Check some invariants. 2559 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction. 2560 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); 2561 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); 2562 2563 neededInt = 0; 2564 neededSSE = 0; 2565 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr; 2566 switch (Lo) { 2567 case NoClass: 2568 if (Hi == NoClass) 2569 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2570 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType 2571 // null. 2572 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && 2573 "Unknown missing lo part"); 2574 break; 2575 2576 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument 2577 // on the stack. 2578 case Memory: 2579 2580 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or 2581 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory. 2582 case X87: 2583 case ComplexX87: 2584 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) 2585 ++neededInt; 2586 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs); 2587 2588 case SSEUp: 2589 case X87Up: 2590 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); 2591 2592 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next 2593 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8 2594 // and %r9 is used. 2595 case Integer: 2596 ++neededInt; 2597 2598 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. 2599 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0); 2600 2601 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend 2602 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. 2603 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { 2604 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2605 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2606 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2607 2608 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && 2609 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 2610 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2611 } 2612 2613 break; 2614 2615 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next 2616 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the 2617 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7. 2618 case SSE: { 2619 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2620 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0); 2621 ++neededSSE; 2622 break; 2623 } 2624 } 2625 2626 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr; 2627 switch (Hi) { 2628 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should 2629 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87, 2630 // which is passed in memory. 2631 case Memory: 2632 case X87: 2633 case ComplexX87: 2634 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); 2635 2636 case NoClass: break; 2637 2638 case Integer: 2639 ++neededInt; 2640 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. 2641 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); 2642 2643 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2644 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2645 break; 2646 2647 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in 2648 // memory), except in situations involving unions. 2649 case X87Up: 2650 case SSE: 2651 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); 2652 2653 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2654 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2655 2656 ++neededSSE; 2657 break; 2658 2659 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the 2660 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE 2661 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed. 2662 case SSEUp: 2663 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification"); 2664 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty); 2665 break; 2666 } 2667 2668 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is 2669 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a 2670 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} 2671 if (HighPart) 2672 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); 2673 2674 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 2675 } 2676 2677 void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 2678 2679 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 2680 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 2681 2682 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers. 2683 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8; 2684 2685 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one 2686 // integer register. 2687 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) 2688 --freeIntRegs; 2689 2690 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs(); 2691 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers 2692 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows... 2693 unsigned ArgNo = 0; 2694 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); 2695 it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) { 2696 bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs; 2697 2698 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 2699 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt, 2700 neededSSE, IsNamedArg); 2701 2702 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any 2703 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the 2704 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some 2705 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted. 2706 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) { 2707 freeIntRegs -= neededInt; 2708 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE; 2709 } else { 2710 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs); 2711 } 2712 } 2713 } 2714 2715 static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 2716 QualType Ty, 2717 CodeGenFunction &CGF) { 2718 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p = 2719 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p"); 2720 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area = 2721 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area"); 2722 2723 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16 2724 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary. 2725 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use 2726 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary. 2727 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 2728 if (Align > 8) { 2729 // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align; 2730 llvm::Value *Offset = 2731 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1); 2732 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset); 2733 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area, 2734 CGF.Int64Ty); 2735 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align); 2736 overflow_arg_area = 2737 CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask), 2738 overflow_arg_area->getType(), 2739 "overflow_arg_area.align"); 2740 } 2741 2742 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area. 2743 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); 2744 llvm::Value *Res = 2745 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area, 2746 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2747 2748 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to: 2749 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type). 2750 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to 2751 // an 8 byte boundary. 2752 2753 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8; 2754 llvm::Value *Offset = 2755 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7); 2756 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset, 2757 "overflow_arg_area.next"); 2758 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p); 2759 2760 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type. 2761 return Res; 2762 } 2763 2764 llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2765 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 2766 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type: 2767 // struct { 2768 // i32 gp_offset; 2769 // i32 fp_offset; 2770 // i8* overflow_arg_area; 2771 // i8* reg_save_area; 2772 // }; 2773 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 2774 2775 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty); 2776 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE, 2777 /*isNamedArg*/false); 2778 2779 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed 2780 // in the registers. If not go to step 7. 2781 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE) 2782 return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2783 2784 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of 2785 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold 2786 // the number of floating point registers needed. 2787 2788 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into 2789 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or 2790 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7. 2791 // 2792 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of 2793 // register save space). 2794 2795 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr; 2796 llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr; 2797 llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr; 2798 if (neededInt) { 2799 gp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p"); 2800 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset"); 2801 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8); 2802 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp"); 2803 } 2804 2805 if (neededSSE) { 2806 fp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p"); 2807 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset"); 2808 llvm::Value *FitsInFP = 2809 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16); 2810 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp"); 2811 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP; 2812 } 2813 2814 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 2815 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem"); 2816 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 2817 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock); 2818 2819 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers. 2820 2821 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 2822 2823 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with 2824 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require 2825 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed 2826 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater 2827 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers. 2828 // 2829 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to 2830 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a 2831 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more 2832 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up? 2833 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); 2834 llvm::Value *RegAddr = 2835 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3), 2836 "reg_save_area"); 2837 if (neededInt && neededSSE) { 2838 // FIXME: Cleanup. 2839 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2840 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType()); 2841 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2842 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo()); 2843 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2844 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0); 2845 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1); 2846 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) && 2847 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2848 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo); 2849 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi); 2850 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset); 2851 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2852 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr; 2853 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr; 2854 llvm::Value *V = 2855 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo)); 2856 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0)); 2857 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi)); 2858 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1)); 2859 2860 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, 2861 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2862 } else if (neededInt) { 2863 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset); 2864 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr, 2865 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2866 2867 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment. 2868 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign = 2869 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); 2870 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity(); 2871 unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity(); 2872 if (TyAlign > 8) { 2873 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2874 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false); 2875 RegAddr = Tmp; 2876 } 2877 } else if (neededSSE == 1) { 2878 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2879 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr, 2880 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2881 } else { 2882 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!"); 2883 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save 2884 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together. 2885 llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2886 llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16); 2887 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy; 2888 llvm::Type *DblPtrTy = 2889 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy); 2890 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, nullptr); 2891 llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2892 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo()); 2893 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo, 2894 DblPtrTy)); 2895 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0)); 2896 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi, 2897 DblPtrTy)); 2898 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1)); 2899 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, 2900 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2901 } 2902 2903 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set: 2904 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8 2905 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16. 2906 if (neededInt) { 2907 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8); 2908 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset), 2909 gp_offset_p); 2910 } 2911 if (neededSSE) { 2912 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16); 2913 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset), 2914 fp_offset_p); 2915 } 2916 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 2917 2918 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory. 2919 2920 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock); 2921 llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2922 2923 // Return the appropriate result. 2924 2925 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 2926 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2, 2927 "vaarg.addr"); 2928 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 2929 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock); 2930 return ResAddr; 2931 } 2932 2933 ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs, 2934 bool IsReturnType) const { 2935 2936 if (Ty->isVoidType()) 2937 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2938 2939 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2940 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2941 2942 TypeInfo Info = getContext().getTypeInfo(Ty); 2943 uint64_t Width = Info.Width; 2944 unsigned Align = getContext().toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align).getQuantity(); 2945 2946 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 2947 if (RT) { 2948 if (!IsReturnType) { 2949 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI())) 2950 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 2951 } 2952 2953 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 2954 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 2955 2956 // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128 2957 if (Width == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment()) 2958 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2959 Width)); 2960 } 2961 2962 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar to 2963 // other targets. 2964 const Type *Base = nullptr; 2965 uint64_t NumElts = 0; 2966 if (FreeSSERegs && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) { 2967 if (FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) { 2968 FreeSSERegs -= NumElts; 2969 if (IsReturnType || Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType()) 2970 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 2971 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand(); 2972 } 2973 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false); 2974 } 2975 2976 2977 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 2978 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it 2979 // directly. 2980 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2981 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy()) 2982 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 2983 } 2984 2985 if (RT || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 2986 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is 2987 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference." 2988 if (Width > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) 2989 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 2990 2991 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer. 2992 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Width)); 2993 } 2994 2995 // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not 2996 // extended. 2997 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 2998 if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool) 2999 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 3000 3001 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3002 } 3003 3004 void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 3005 bool IsVectorCall = 3006 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall; 3007 3008 // We can use up to 4 SSE return registers with vectorcall. 3009 unsigned FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 4 : 0; 3010 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3011 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), FreeSSERegs, true); 3012 3013 // We can use up to 6 SSE register parameters with vectorcall. 3014 FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 6 : 0; 3015 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 3016 I.info = classify(I.type, FreeSSERegs, false); 3017 } 3018 3019 llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3020 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3021 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 3022 3023 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3024 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 3025 "ap"); 3026 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 3027 llvm::Type *PTy = 3028 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 3029 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 3030 3031 uint64_t Offset = 3032 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8); 3033 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 3034 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 3035 "ap.next"); 3036 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 3037 3038 return AddrTyped; 3039 } 3040 3041 namespace { 3042 3043 class NaClX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 3044 public: 3045 NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 3046 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, HasAVX) {} 3047 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 3048 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3049 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 3050 private: 3051 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv. 3052 X86_64ABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else. 3053 }; 3054 3055 class NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3056 bool HasAVX; 3057 public: 3058 NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 3059 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)), HasAVX(HasAVX) { 3060 } 3061 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 3062 return HasAVX ? 32 : 16; 3063 } 3064 }; 3065 3066 } 3067 3068 void NaClX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 3069 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall) 3070 PInfo.computeInfo(FI); 3071 else 3072 NInfo.computeInfo(FI); 3073 } 3074 3075 llvm::Value *NaClX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3076 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3077 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions 3078 // is unuspported. 3079 return NInfo.EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 3080 } 3081 3082 3083 // PowerPC-32 3084 namespace { 3085 /// PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 32-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information. 3086 class PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 3087 public: 3088 PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {} 3089 3090 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3091 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 3092 }; 3093 3094 class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3095 public: 3096 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT)) {} 3097 3098 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3099 // This is recovered from gcc output. 3100 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 3101 } 3102 3103 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3104 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 3105 3106 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 3107 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec vectors. 3108 } 3109 }; 3110 3111 } 3112 3113 llvm::Value *PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 3114 QualType Ty, 3115 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3116 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3117 // TODO: Implement this. For now ignore. 3118 (void)CTy; 3119 return nullptr; 3120 } 3121 3122 bool isI64 = Ty->isIntegerType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64; 3123 bool isInt = Ty->isIntegerType() || Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isAggregateType(); 3124 llvm::Type *CharPtr = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 3125 llvm::Type *CharPtrPtr = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 3126 3127 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3128 llvm::Value *GPRPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, CharPtr, "gprptr"); 3129 llvm::Value *GPRPtrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(GPRPtr, CGF.Int32Ty); 3130 llvm::Value *FPRPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(GPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(1)); 3131 llvm::Value *FPRPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(FPRPtrAsInt, CharPtr); 3132 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(FPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(3)); 3133 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr); 3134 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(4)); 3135 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr); 3136 llvm::Value *GPR = Builder.CreateLoad(GPRPtr, false, "gpr"); 3137 // Align GPR when TY is i64. 3138 if (isI64) { 3139 llvm::Value *GPRAnd = Builder.CreateAnd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1)); 3140 llvm::Value *CC64 = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(GPRAnd, Builder.getInt8(1)); 3141 llvm::Value *GPRPlusOne = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1)); 3142 GPR = Builder.CreateSelect(CC64, GPRPlusOne, GPR); 3143 } 3144 llvm::Value *FPR = Builder.CreateLoad(FPRPtr, false, "fpr"); 3145 llvm::Value *OverflowArea = Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowAreaPtr, false, "overflow_area"); 3146 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OverflowArea, CGF.Int32Ty); 3147 llvm::Value *RegsaveArea = Builder.CreateLoad(RegsaveAreaPtr, false, "regsave_area"); 3148 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(RegsaveArea, CGF.Int32Ty); 3149 3150 llvm::Value *CC = Builder.CreateICmpULT(isInt ? GPR : FPR, 3151 Builder.getInt8(8), "cond"); 3152 3153 llvm::Value *RegConstant = Builder.CreateMul(isInt ? GPR : FPR, 3154 Builder.getInt8(isInt ? 4 : 8)); 3155 3156 llvm::Value *OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(RegsaveAreaAsInt, Builder.CreateSExt(RegConstant, CGF.Int32Ty)); 3157 3158 if (Ty->isFloatingType()) 3159 OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(OurReg, Builder.getInt32(32)); 3160 3161 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingRegs = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_regs"); 3162 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingOverflow = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_overflow"); 3163 llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = CGF.createBasicBlock("cont"); 3164 3165 Builder.CreateCondBr(CC, UsingRegs, UsingOverflow); 3166 3167 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingRegs); 3168 3169 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 3170 llvm::Value *Result1 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OurReg, PTy); 3171 // Increase the GPR/FPR indexes. 3172 if (isInt) { 3173 GPR = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(isI64 ? 2 : 1)); 3174 Builder.CreateStore(GPR, GPRPtr); 3175 } else { 3176 FPR = Builder.CreateAdd(FPR, Builder.getInt8(1)); 3177 Builder.CreateStore(FPR, FPRPtr); 3178 } 3179 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont); 3180 3181 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingOverflow); 3182 3183 // Increase the overflow area. 3184 llvm::Value *Result2 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, PTy); 3185 OverflowAreaAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaAsInt, Builder.getInt32(isInt ? 4 : 8)); 3186 Builder.CreateStore(Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, CharPtr), OverflowAreaPtr); 3187 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont); 3188 3189 CGF.EmitBlock(Cont); 3190 3191 llvm::PHINode *Result = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(PTy, 2, "vaarg.addr"); 3192 Result->addIncoming(Result1, UsingRegs); 3193 Result->addIncoming(Result2, UsingOverflow); 3194 3195 if (Ty->isAggregateType()) { 3196 llvm::Value *AGGPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Result, CharPtrPtr, "aggrptr") ; 3197 return Builder.CreateLoad(AGGPtr, false, "aggr"); 3198 } 3199 3200 return Result; 3201 } 3202 3203 bool 3204 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3205 llvm::Value *Address) const { 3206 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 3207 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 3208 3209 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3210 3211 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 3212 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 3213 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 3214 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); 3215 3216 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers 3217 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31); 3218 3219 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers 3220 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); 3221 3222 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: 3223 // 64: mq 3224 // 65: lr 3225 // 66: ctr 3226 // 67: ap 3227 // 68-75 cr0-7 3228 // 76: xer 3229 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); 3230 3231 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers 3232 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); 3233 3234 // 109: vrsave 3235 // 110: vscr 3236 // 111: spe_acc 3237 // 112: spefscr 3238 // 113: sfp 3239 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); 3240 3241 return false; 3242 } 3243 3244 // PowerPC-64 3245 3246 namespace { 3247 /// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information. 3248 class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 3249 public: 3250 enum ABIKind { 3251 ELFv1 = 0, 3252 ELFv2 3253 }; 3254 3255 private: 3256 static const unsigned GPRBits = 64; 3257 ABIKind Kind; 3258 3259 public: 3260 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) 3261 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {} 3262 3263 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const; 3264 bool isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const; 3265 3266 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 3267 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 3268 3269 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override; 3270 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, 3271 uint64_t Members) const override; 3272 3273 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance. 3274 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could 3275 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single 3276 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function 3277 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering 3278 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee. 3279 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 3280 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3281 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 3282 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 3283 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part. 3284 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point 3285 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available. 3286 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext()); 3287 if (T) { 3288 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 3289 if ((T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) || 3290 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) { 3291 QualType QT(T, 0); 3292 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT)); 3293 continue; 3294 } 3295 } 3296 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 3297 } 3298 } 3299 3300 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3301 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 3302 }; 3303 3304 class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3305 public: 3306 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, 3307 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 3308 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 3309 3310 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3311 // This is recovered from gcc output. 3312 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 3313 } 3314 3315 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3316 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 3317 3318 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 3319 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec and VSX vectors. 3320 } 3321 }; 3322 3323 class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 3324 public: 3325 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 3326 3327 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3328 // This is recovered from gcc output. 3329 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 3330 } 3331 3332 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3333 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 3334 3335 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 3336 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec vectors. 3337 } 3338 }; 3339 3340 } 3341 3342 // Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero- 3343 // extended to 64 bits. 3344 bool 3345 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const { 3346 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3347 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 3348 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3349 3350 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI. 3351 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 3352 return true; 3353 3354 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to 3355 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits. 3356 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 3357 switch (BT->getKind()) { 3358 case BuiltinType::Int: 3359 case BuiltinType::UInt: 3360 return true; 3361 default: 3362 break; 3363 } 3364 3365 return false; 3366 } 3367 3368 /// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte 3369 /// alignment in the parameter area. 3370 bool 3371 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const { 3372 // Complex types are passed just like their elements. 3373 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 3374 Ty = CTy->getElementType(); 3375 3376 // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are 3377 // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned). 3378 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 3379 return getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128; 3380 3381 // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type 3382 // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element. 3383 const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr; 3384 const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()); 3385 if (EltType) { 3386 const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 3387 if ((EltType->isVectorType() && 3388 getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) || 3389 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) 3390 AlignAsType = EltType; 3391 } 3392 3393 // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates. 3394 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3395 uint64_t Members = 0; 3396 if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 && 3397 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) 3398 AlignAsType = Base; 3399 3400 // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment. 3401 if (AlignAsType) 3402 return AlignAsType->isVectorType(); 3403 3404 // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that 3405 // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes. 3406 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128) 3407 return true; 3408 3409 return false; 3410 } 3411 3412 /// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous 3413 /// aggregate. Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set 3414 /// to the number of base elements. 3415 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 3416 uint64_t &Members) const { 3417 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 3418 uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 3419 if (NElements == 0) 3420 return false; 3421 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members)) 3422 return false; 3423 Members *= NElements; 3424 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 3425 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 3426 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 3427 return false; 3428 3429 Members = 0; 3430 3431 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 3432 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 3433 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 3434 // Ignore empty records. 3435 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), I.getType(), true)) 3436 continue; 3437 3438 uint64_t FldMembers; 3439 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(I.getType(), Base, FldMembers)) 3440 return false; 3441 3442 Members += FldMembers; 3443 } 3444 } 3445 3446 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 3447 // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records. 3448 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 3449 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = 3450 getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 3451 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0) 3452 return false; 3453 FT = AT->getElementType(); 3454 } 3455 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true)) 3456 continue; 3457 3458 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode. 3459 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3460 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0) 3461 continue; 3462 3463 uint64_t FldMembers; 3464 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers)) 3465 return false; 3466 3467 Members = (RD->isUnion() ? 3468 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers); 3469 } 3470 3471 if (!Base) 3472 return false; 3473 3474 // Ensure there is no padding. 3475 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members != 3476 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty)) 3477 return false; 3478 } else { 3479 Members = 1; 3480 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3481 Members = 2; 3482 Ty = CT->getElementType(); 3483 } 3484 3485 // Most ABIs only support float, double, and some vector type widths. 3486 if (!isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(Ty)) 3487 return false; 3488 3489 // The base type must be the same for all members. Types that 3490 // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are 3491 // treated as being equivalent here. 3492 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr(); 3493 if (!Base) 3494 Base = TyPtr; 3495 3496 if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() || 3497 getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr)) 3498 return false; 3499 } 3500 return Members > 0 && isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(Base, Members); 3501 } 3502 3503 bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const { 3504 // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float, 3505 // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors. 3506 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3507 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || 3508 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || 3509 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) 3510 return true; 3511 } 3512 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 3513 if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) == 128) 3514 return true; 3515 } 3516 return false; 3517 } 3518 3519 bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough( 3520 const Type *Base, uint64_t Members) const { 3521 // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one 3522 // or two registers depending on their size. 3523 uint32_t NumRegs = 3524 Base->isVectorType() ? 1 : (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64; 3525 3526 // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers. 3527 return Members * NumRegs <= 8; 3528 } 3529 3530 ABIArgInfo 3531 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 3532 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 3533 3534 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType()) 3535 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3536 3537 // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes) 3538 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes). 3539 if (Ty->isVectorType()) { 3540 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3541 if (Size > 128) 3542 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3543 else if (Size < 128) { 3544 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 3545 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3546 } 3547 } 3548 3549 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 3550 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 3551 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 3552 3553 uint64_t ABIAlign = isAlignedParamType(Ty)? 16 : 8; 3554 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 3555 3556 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types. 3557 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3558 uint64_t Members = 0; 3559 if (Kind == ELFv2 && 3560 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { 3561 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3562 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members); 3563 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3564 } 3565 3566 // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not 3567 // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array. 3568 // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the 3569 // back-end to store the argument to memory. 3570 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3571 if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) { 3572 llvm::Type *CoerceTy; 3573 3574 // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be 3575 // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword). 3576 if (Bits <= GPRBits) 3577 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 3578 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8)); 3579 // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected 3580 // according to the required alignment in the save area. 3581 else { 3582 uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8; 3583 uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits; 3584 llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits); 3585 CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs); 3586 } 3587 3588 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3589 } 3590 3591 // All other aggregates are passed ByVal. 3592 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, 3593 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign); 3594 } 3595 3596 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ? 3597 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3598 } 3599 3600 ABIArgInfo 3601 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 3602 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 3603 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3604 3605 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 3606 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3607 3608 // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes) 3609 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes). 3610 if (RetTy->isVectorType()) { 3611 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3612 if (Size > 128) 3613 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3614 else if (Size < 128) { 3615 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 3616 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3617 } 3618 } 3619 3620 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 3621 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types. 3622 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3623 uint64_t Members = 0; 3624 if (Kind == ELFv2 && 3625 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) { 3626 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3627 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members); 3628 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3629 } 3630 3631 // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers. 3632 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3633 if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) { 3634 if (Bits == 0) 3635 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3636 3637 llvm::Type *CoerceTy; 3638 if (Bits > GPRBits) { 3639 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits); 3640 CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, nullptr); 3641 } else 3642 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 3643 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8)); 3644 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3645 } 3646 3647 // All other aggregates are returned indirectly. 3648 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3649 } 3650 3651 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ? 3652 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3653 } 3654 3655 // Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine. 3656 llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 3657 QualType Ty, 3658 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3659 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 3660 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 3661 3662 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3663 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 3664 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 3665 3666 // Handle types that require 16-byte alignment in the parameter save area. 3667 if (isAlignedParamType(Ty)) { 3668 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3669 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(15)); 3670 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(-16)); 3671 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align"); 3672 } 3673 3674 // Update the va_list pointer. The pointer should be bumped by the 3675 // size of the object. We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex 3676 // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword. For these, the 3677 // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation. 3678 unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 3679 QualType BaseTy; 3680 unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0; 3681 3682 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3683 BaseTy = CTy->getElementType(); 3684 CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8; 3685 if (CplxBaseSize < 8) 3686 SizeInBytes = 16; 3687 } 3688 3689 unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8); 3690 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 3691 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), 3692 "ap.next"); 3693 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 3694 3695 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes, 3696 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted 3697 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a 3698 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate 3699 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer, 3700 // and store them to a temporary structure. 3701 if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) { 3702 llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3703 llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr; 3704 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) { 3705 RealAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize)); 3706 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize)); 3707 } else { 3708 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8)); 3709 } 3710 llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy)); 3711 RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy); 3712 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy); 3713 llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal"); 3714 llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag"); 3715 llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty), 3716 "vacplx"); 3717 llvm::Value *RealPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 0, ".real"); 3718 llvm::Value *ImagPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 1, ".imag"); 3719 Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false); 3720 Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false); 3721 return Ptr; 3722 } 3723 3724 // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in 3725 // its doubleword slot. Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the 3726 // correct offset. 3727 if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) { 3728 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3729 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes)); 3730 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP); 3731 } 3732 3733 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 3734 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 3735 } 3736 3737 static bool 3738 PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3739 llvm::Value *Address) { 3740 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 3741 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 3742 3743 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3744 3745 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 3746 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 3747 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 3748 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); 3749 3750 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers 3751 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31); 3752 3753 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers 3754 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); 3755 3756 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: 3757 // 64: mq 3758 // 65: lr 3759 // 66: ctr 3760 // 67: ap 3761 // 68-75 cr0-7 3762 // 76: xer 3763 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); 3764 3765 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers 3766 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); 3767 3768 // 109: vrsave 3769 // 110: vscr 3770 // 111: spe_acc 3771 // 112: spefscr 3772 // 113: sfp 3773 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); 3774 3775 return false; 3776 } 3777 3778 bool 3779 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( 3780 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3781 llvm::Value *Address) const { 3782 3783 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); 3784 } 3785 3786 bool 3787 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3788 llvm::Value *Address) const { 3789 3790 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); 3791 } 3792 3793 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3794 // AArch64 ABI Implementation 3795 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3796 3797 namespace { 3798 3799 class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 3800 public: 3801 enum ABIKind { 3802 AAPCS = 0, 3803 DarwinPCS 3804 }; 3805 3806 private: 3807 ABIKind Kind; 3808 3809 public: 3810 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {} 3811 3812 private: 3813 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; } 3814 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; } 3815 3816 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 3817 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 3818 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override; 3819 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, 3820 uint64_t Members) const override; 3821 3822 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 3823 3824 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 3825 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3826 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 3827 3828 for (auto &it : FI.arguments()) 3829 it.info = classifyArgumentType(it.type); 3830 } 3831 3832 llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3833 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; 3834 3835 llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3836 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; 3837 3838 virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3839 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override { 3840 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF) 3841 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 3842 } 3843 }; 3844 3845 class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3846 public: 3847 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 3848 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 3849 3850 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const { 3851 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; 3852 } 3853 3854 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { return 31; } 3855 3856 virtual bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const { return false; } 3857 }; 3858 } 3859 3860 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 3861 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 3862 3863 // Handle illegal vector types here. 3864 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 3865 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3866 if (Size <= 32) { 3867 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 3868 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3869 } 3870 if (Size == 64) { 3871 llvm::Type *ResType = 3872 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2); 3873 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3874 } 3875 if (Size == 128) { 3876 llvm::Type *ResType = 3877 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4); 3878 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3879 } 3880 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3881 } 3882 3883 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 3884 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3885 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 3886 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3887 3888 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS() 3889 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 3890 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3891 } 3892 3893 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial 3894 // copy constructor are always indirect. 3895 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 3896 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA == 3897 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 3898 } 3899 3900 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode 3901 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility. 3902 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 3903 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS()) 3904 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3905 3906 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 3907 } 3908 3909 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded. 3910 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3911 uint64_t Members = 0; 3912 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { 3913 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect( 3914 llvm::ArrayType::get(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)), Members)); 3915 } 3916 3917 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack. 3918 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3919 if (Size <= 128) { 3920 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty); 3921 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes 3922 3923 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment. 3924 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128. 3925 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) { 3926 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); 3927 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64)); 3928 } 3929 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 3930 } 3931 3932 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3933 } 3934 3935 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 3936 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 3937 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3938 3939 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 3940 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) 3941 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3942 3943 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 3944 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3945 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 3946 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3947 3948 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS() 3949 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 3950 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3951 } 3952 3953 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 3954 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3955 3956 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3957 uint64_t Members = 0; 3958 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) 3959 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly. 3960 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3961 3962 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack. 3963 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3964 if (Size <= 128) { 3965 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes 3966 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 3967 } 3968 3969 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3970 } 3971 3972 /// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64. 3973 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 3974 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 3975 // Check whether VT is legal. 3976 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); 3977 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 3978 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16. 3979 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16) 3980 return true; 3981 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1); 3982 } 3983 return false; 3984 } 3985 3986 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const { 3987 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating 3988 // point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI, 3989 // but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed, 3990 // including __fp16. 3991 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3992 if (BT->isFloatingPoint()) 3993 return true; 3994 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 3995 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 3996 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128) 3997 return true; 3998 } 3999 return false; 4000 } 4001 4002 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base, 4003 uint64_t Members) const { 4004 return Members <= 4; 4005 } 4006 4007 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 4008 QualType Ty, 4009 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4010 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 4011 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect(); 4012 4013 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty); 4014 if (IsIndirect) 4015 BaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy); 4016 else if (AI.getCoerceToType()) 4017 BaseTy = AI.getCoerceToType(); 4018 4019 unsigned NumRegs = 1; 4020 if (llvm::ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(BaseTy)) { 4021 BaseTy = ArrTy->getElementType(); 4022 NumRegs = ArrTy->getNumElements(); 4023 } 4024 bool IsFPR = BaseTy->isFloatingPointTy() || BaseTy->isVectorTy(); 4025 4026 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call 4027 // Standard, section B.4: 4028 // 4029 // struct { 4030 // void *__stack; 4031 // void *__gr_top; 4032 // void *__vr_top; 4033 // int __gr_offs; 4034 // int __vr_offs; 4035 // }; 4036 4037 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg"); 4038 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 4039 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack"); 4040 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 4041 auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext(); 4042 4043 llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr; 4044 int reg_top_index; 4045 int RegSize = IsIndirect ? 8 : getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4046 if (!IsFPR) { 4047 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs 4048 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p"); 4049 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs"); 4050 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top 4051 RegSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(RegSize, 8); 4052 } else { 4053 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs. 4054 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p"); 4055 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs"); 4056 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top 4057 RegSize = 16 * NumRegs; 4058 } 4059 4060 //======================================= 4061 // Find out where argument was passed 4062 //======================================= 4063 4064 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of 4065 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows, 4066 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves 4067 // whatever they get). 4068 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr; 4069 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE( 4070 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0)); 4071 4072 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock); 4073 4074 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the 4075 // question is whether this particular type is too big. 4076 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock); 4077 4078 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a 4079 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we 4080 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address. 4081 if (!IsFPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) { 4082 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4083 4084 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4085 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1), 4086 "align_regoffs"); 4087 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd( 4088 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align), 4089 "aligned_regoffs"); 4090 } 4091 4092 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list. 4093 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr; 4094 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4095 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs"); 4096 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p); 4097 4098 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in 4099 // registers or not. 4100 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr; 4101 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE( 4102 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg"); 4103 4104 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock); 4105 4106 //======================================= 4107 // Argument was in registers 4108 //======================================= 4109 4110 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in 4111 // registers. First start the appropriate block: 4112 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 4113 4114 llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr; 4115 reg_top_p = 4116 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, "reg_top_p"); 4117 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top"); 4118 llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs); 4119 llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr; 4120 llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty)); 4121 4122 if (IsIndirect) { 4123 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from 4124 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **. 4125 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy); 4126 } 4127 4128 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4129 uint64_t NumMembers = 0; 4130 bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumMembers); 4131 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) { 4132 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split 4133 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN, 4134 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable 4135 // contiguously. 4136 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly"); 4137 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 4138 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers); 4139 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy); 4140 int Offset = 0; 4141 4142 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128) 4143 Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8; 4144 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) { 4145 llvm::Value *BaseOffset = 4146 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset); 4147 llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset); 4148 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast( 4149 LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy)); 4150 llvm::Value *StoreAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, i); 4151 4152 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr); 4153 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr); 4154 } 4155 4156 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy); 4157 } else { 4158 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory 4159 unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8; 4160 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && 4161 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) && 4162 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) { 4163 int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4164 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4165 4166 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4167 BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be"); 4168 4169 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 4170 } 4171 4172 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy); 4173 } 4174 4175 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 4176 4177 //======================================= 4178 // Argument was on the stack 4179 //======================================= 4180 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock); 4181 4182 llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr; 4183 stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p"); 4184 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack"); 4185 4186 // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and 4187 // floating-point ones might be affected. 4188 if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) { 4189 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4190 4191 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4192 4193 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4194 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1), 4195 "align_stack"); 4196 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd( 4197 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align), 4198 "align_stack"); 4199 4200 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 4201 } 4202 4203 uint64_t StackSize; 4204 if (IsIndirect) 4205 StackSize = 8; 4206 else 4207 StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4208 4209 // All stack slots are 8 bytes 4210 StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8); 4211 4212 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize); 4213 llvm::Value *NewStack = 4214 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack"); 4215 4216 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg 4217 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p); 4218 4219 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && 4220 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) { 4221 int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4222 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4223 4224 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4225 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be"); 4226 4227 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 4228 } 4229 4230 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy); 4231 4232 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 4233 4234 //======================================= 4235 // Tidy up 4236 //======================================= 4237 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 4238 4239 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr"); 4240 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 4241 ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock); 4242 4243 if (IsIndirect) 4244 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr"); 4245 4246 return ResAddr; 4247 } 4248 4249 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4250 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4251 // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types. 4252 // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for 4253 // other cases. 4254 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) 4255 return nullptr; 4256 4257 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4258 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4259 4260 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4261 uint64_t Members = 0; 4262 bool isHA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members); 4263 4264 bool isIndirect = false; 4265 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should 4266 // be passed indirectly. 4267 if (Size > 16 && !isHA) { 4268 isIndirect = true; 4269 Size = 8; 4270 Align = 8; 4271 } 4272 4273 llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext()); 4274 llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP); 4275 4276 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 4277 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 4278 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 4279 4280 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 4281 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes. 4282 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4283 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4284 } 4285 4286 const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8; 4287 if (Align > MinABIAlign) { 4288 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1); 4289 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset); 4290 llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4291 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1)); 4292 llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask); 4293 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align"); 4294 } 4295 4296 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign); 4297 llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP( 4298 Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next"); 4299 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 4300 4301 if (isIndirect) 4302 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP)); 4303 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4304 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4305 4306 return AddrTyped; 4307 } 4308 4309 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4310 // ARM ABI Implementation 4311 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4312 4313 namespace { 4314 4315 class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4316 public: 4317 enum ABIKind { 4318 APCS = 0, 4319 AAPCS = 1, 4320 AAPCS_VFP 4321 }; 4322 4323 private: 4324 ABIKind Kind; 4325 mutable int VFPRegs[16]; 4326 const unsigned NumVFPs; 4327 const unsigned NumGPRs; 4328 mutable unsigned AllocatedGPRs; 4329 mutable unsigned AllocatedVFPs; 4330 4331 public: 4332 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind), 4333 NumVFPs(16), NumGPRs(4) { 4334 setCCs(); 4335 resetAllocatedRegs(); 4336 } 4337 4338 bool isEABI() const { 4339 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) { 4340 case llvm::Triple::Android: 4341 case llvm::Triple::EABI: 4342 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF: 4343 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI: 4344 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF: 4345 return true; 4346 default: 4347 return false; 4348 } 4349 } 4350 4351 bool isEABIHF() const { 4352 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) { 4353 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF: 4354 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF: 4355 return true; 4356 default: 4357 return false; 4358 } 4359 } 4360 4361 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; } 4362 4363 private: 4364 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const; 4365 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic, 4366 bool &IsCPRC) const; 4367 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 4368 4369 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override; 4370 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty, 4371 uint64_t Members) const override; 4372 4373 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 4374 4375 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4376 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 4377 4378 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const; 4379 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const; 4380 void setCCs(); 4381 4382 void markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const; 4383 void markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const; 4384 void resetAllocatedRegs(void) const; 4385 }; 4386 4387 class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4388 public: 4389 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K) 4390 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {} 4391 4392 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { 4393 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); 4394 } 4395 4396 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 4397 return 13; 4398 } 4399 4400 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override { 4401 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; 4402 } 4403 4404 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 4405 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 4406 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 4407 4408 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 4409 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15); 4410 return false; 4411 } 4412 4413 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override { 4414 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88; 4415 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException(); 4416 } 4417 4418 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 4419 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 4420 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 4421 if (!FD) 4422 return; 4423 4424 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>(); 4425 if (!Attr) 4426 return; 4427 4428 const char *Kind; 4429 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) { 4430 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break; 4431 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break; 4432 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break; 4433 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break; 4434 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break; 4435 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break; 4436 } 4437 4438 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 4439 4440 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind); 4441 4442 if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS) 4443 return; 4444 4445 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface, 4446 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct 4447 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue. 4448 llvm::AttrBuilder B; 4449 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8); 4450 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 4451 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), 4452 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 4453 B)); 4454 } 4455 4456 }; 4457 4458 } 4459 4460 void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 4461 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the 4462 // VFP registers allocated so far. 4463 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive 4464 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is 4465 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers. 4466 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are 4467 // unallocated are marked as unavailable. 4468 resetAllocatedRegs(); 4469 4470 if (getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) { 4471 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) 4472 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4473 } else { 4474 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic()); 4475 } 4476 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 4477 unsigned PreAllocationVFPs = AllocatedVFPs; 4478 unsigned PreAllocationGPRs = AllocatedGPRs; 4479 bool IsCPRC = false; 4480 // 6.1.2.3 There is one VFP co-processor register class using registers 4481 // s0-s15 (d0-d7) for passing arguments. 4482 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic(), IsCPRC); 4483 4484 // If we have allocated some arguments onto the stack (due to running 4485 // out of VFP registers), we cannot split an argument between GPRs and 4486 // the stack. If this situation occurs, we add padding to prevent the 4487 // GPRs from being used. In this situation, the current argument could 4488 // only be allocated by rule C.8, so rule C.6 would mark these GPRs as 4489 // unusable anyway. 4490 // We do not have to do this if the argument is being passed ByVal, as the 4491 // backend can handle that situation correctly. 4492 const bool StackUsed = PreAllocationGPRs > NumGPRs || PreAllocationVFPs > NumVFPs; 4493 const bool IsByVal = I.info.isIndirect() && I.info.getIndirectByVal(); 4494 if (!IsCPRC && PreAllocationGPRs < NumGPRs && AllocatedGPRs > NumGPRs && 4495 StackUsed && !IsByVal) { 4496 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 4497 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreAllocationGPRs); 4498 if (I.info.canHaveCoerceToType()) { 4499 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(I.info.getCoerceToType() /* type */, 4500 0 /* offset */, PaddingTy, true); 4501 } else { 4502 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr /* type */, 0 /* offset */, 4503 PaddingTy, true); 4504 } 4505 } 4506 } 4507 4508 // Always honor user-specified calling convention. 4509 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) 4510 return; 4511 4512 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC(); 4513 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C) 4514 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc); 4515 } 4516 4517 /// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use. 4518 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const { 4519 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer. 4520 if (isEABIHF()) 4521 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; 4522 else if (isEABI()) 4523 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; 4524 else 4525 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS; 4526 } 4527 4528 /// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use 4529 /// as the C calling convention. 4530 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const { 4531 switch (getABIKind()) { 4532 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS; 4533 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; 4534 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; 4535 } 4536 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind"); 4537 } 4538 4539 void ARMABIInfo::setCCs() { 4540 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C); 4541 4542 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if 4543 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple. 4544 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC(); 4545 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC()) 4546 RuntimeCC = abiCC; 4547 4548 BuiltinCC = (getABIKind() == APCS ? 4549 llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS : llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS); 4550 } 4551 4552 /// markAllocatedVFPs - update VFPRegs according to the alignment and 4553 /// number of VFP registers (unit is S register) requested. 4554 void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, 4555 unsigned NumRequired) const { 4556 // Early Exit. 4557 if (AllocatedVFPs >= 16) { 4558 // We use AllocatedVFP > 16 to signal that some CPRCs were allocated on 4559 // the stack. 4560 AllocatedVFPs = 17; 4561 return; 4562 } 4563 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive 4564 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is 4565 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers. 4566 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I += Alignment) { 4567 bool FoundSlot = true; 4568 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++) 4569 if (J >= 16 || VFPRegs[J]) { 4570 FoundSlot = false; 4571 break; 4572 } 4573 if (FoundSlot) { 4574 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++) 4575 VFPRegs[J] = 1; 4576 AllocatedVFPs += NumRequired; 4577 return; 4578 } 4579 } 4580 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are 4581 // unallocated are marked as unavailable. 4582 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I++) 4583 VFPRegs[I] = 1; 4584 AllocatedVFPs = 17; // We do not have enough VFP registers. 4585 } 4586 4587 /// Update AllocatedGPRs to record the number of general purpose registers 4588 /// which have been allocated. It is valid for AllocatedGPRs to go above 4, 4589 /// this represents arguments being stored on the stack. 4590 void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, 4591 unsigned NumRequired) const { 4592 assert((Alignment == 1 || Alignment == 2) && "Alignment must be 4 or 8 bytes"); 4593 4594 if (Alignment == 2 && AllocatedGPRs & 0x1) 4595 AllocatedGPRs += 1; 4596 4597 AllocatedGPRs += NumRequired; 4598 } 4599 4600 void ARMABIInfo::resetAllocatedRegs(void) const { 4601 AllocatedGPRs = 0; 4602 AllocatedVFPs = 0; 4603 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumVFPs; ++i) 4604 VFPRegs[i] = 0; 4605 } 4606 4607 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, bool isVariadic, 4608 bool &IsCPRC) const { 4609 // We update number of allocated VFPs according to 4610 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs: 4611 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted 4612 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type; 4613 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate 4614 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type, 4615 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one 4616 // to four Elements. 4617 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic; 4618 4619 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty); 4620 4621 // Handle illegal vector types here. 4622 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 4623 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 4624 if (Size <= 32) { 4625 llvm::Type *ResType = 4626 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 4627 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4628 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 4629 } 4630 if (Size == 64) { 4631 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get( 4632 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2); 4633 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic){ 4634 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 2); 4635 } else { 4636 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2); 4637 IsCPRC = true; 4638 } 4639 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 4640 } 4641 if (Size == 128) { 4642 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get( 4643 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4); 4644 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic) { 4645 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 4); 4646 } else { 4647 markAllocatedVFPs(4, 4); 4648 IsCPRC = true; 4649 } 4650 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 4651 } 4652 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4653 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 4654 } 4655 // Update VFPRegs for legal vector types. 4656 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) { 4657 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4658 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4659 // Size of a legal vector should be power of 2 and above 64. 4660 markAllocatedVFPs(Size >= 128 ? 4 : 2, Size / 32); 4661 IsCPRC = true; 4662 } 4663 } 4664 // Update VFPRegs for floating point types. 4665 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) { 4666 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4667 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half || 4668 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) { 4669 markAllocatedVFPs(1, 1); 4670 IsCPRC = true; 4671 } 4672 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || 4673 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) { 4674 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2); 4675 IsCPRC = true; 4676 } 4677 } 4678 } 4679 4680 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 4681 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4682 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 4683 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4684 } 4685 4686 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 4687 if (!IsCPRC) 4688 markAllocatedGPRs(Size > 32 ? 2 : 1, (Size + 31) / 32); 4689 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 4690 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 4691 } 4692 4693 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 4694 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4695 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 4696 } 4697 4698 // Ignore empty records. 4699 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 4700 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4701 4702 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) { 4703 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate 4704 // into VFP registers. 4705 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4706 uint64_t Members = 0; 4707 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { 4708 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); 4709 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector. 4710 if (Base->isVectorType()) { 4711 // ElementSize is in number of floats. 4712 unsigned ElementSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Base) == 64 ? 2 : 4; 4713 markAllocatedVFPs(ElementSize, 4714 Members * ElementSize); 4715 } else if (Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) 4716 markAllocatedVFPs(1, Members); 4717 else { 4718 assert(Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 4719 Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble)); 4720 markAllocatedVFPs(2, Members * 2); 4721 } 4722 IsCPRC = true; 4723 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false); 4724 } 4725 } 4726 4727 // Support byval for ARM. 4728 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at 4729 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger 4730 // than ABI alignment. 4731 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4; 4732 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4733 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP || 4734 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) 4735 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8); 4736 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) { 4737 // Update Allocated GPRs. Since this is only used when the size of the 4738 // argument is greater than 64 bytes, this will always use up any available 4739 // registers (of which there are 4). We also don't care about getting the 4740 // alignment right, because general-purpose registers cannot be back-filled. 4741 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 4); 4742 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(TyAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, 4743 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign); 4744 } 4745 4746 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size. 4747 llvm::Type* ElemTy; 4748 unsigned SizeRegs; 4749 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where 4750 // we can. 4751 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) { 4752 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 4753 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; 4754 markAllocatedGPRs(1, SizeRegs); 4755 } else { 4756 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); 4757 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64; 4758 markAllocatedGPRs(2, SizeRegs * 2); 4759 } 4760 4761 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs)); 4762 } 4763 4764 static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context, 4765 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) { 4766 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure 4767 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and 4768 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero. 4769 4770 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 4771 4772 // Check that the type fits in a word. 4773 if (Size > 32) 4774 return false; 4775 4776 // FIXME: Handle vector types! 4777 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 4778 return false; 4779 4780 // Float types are never treated as "integer like". 4781 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType()) 4782 return false; 4783 4784 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok. 4785 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType()) 4786 return true; 4787 4788 // Small complex integer types are "integer like". 4789 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4790 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext); 4791 4792 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition 4793 // above, but they are not. 4794 4795 // Otherwise, it must be a record type. 4796 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 4797 if (!RT) return false; 4798 4799 // Ignore records with flexible arrays. 4800 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 4801 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 4802 return false; 4803 4804 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer 4805 // like". 4806 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); 4807 4808 bool HadField = false; 4809 unsigned idx = 0; 4810 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 4811 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 4812 const FieldDecl *FD = *i; 4813 4814 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer 4815 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example: 4816 // struct { int : 0; int x } 4817 // is non-integer like according to gcc. 4818 if (FD->isBitField()) { 4819 if (!RD->isUnion()) 4820 HadField = true; 4821 4822 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) 4823 return false; 4824 4825 continue; 4826 } 4827 4828 // Check if this field is at offset 0. 4829 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0) 4830 return false; 4831 4832 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) 4833 return false; 4834 4835 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the 4836 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an 4837 // empty structure. 4838 if (!RD->isUnion()) { 4839 if (HadField) 4840 return false; 4841 4842 HadField = true; 4843 } 4844 } 4845 4846 return true; 4847 } 4848 4849 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, 4850 bool isVariadic) const { 4851 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic; 4852 4853 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 4854 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4855 4856 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 4857 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) { 4858 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4859 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4860 } 4861 4862 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 4863 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4864 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 4865 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4866 4867 return RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 4868 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 4869 } 4870 4871 // Are we following APCS? 4872 if (getABIKind() == APCS) { 4873 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false)) 4874 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4875 4876 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers. 4877 // 4878 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them 4879 // correctly. 4880 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 4881 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get( 4882 getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy))); 4883 4884 // Integer like structures are returned in r0. 4885 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) { 4886 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 4887 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 4888 if (Size <= 8) 4889 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 4890 if (Size <= 16) 4891 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 4892 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 4893 } 4894 4895 // Otherwise return in memory. 4896 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4897 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4898 } 4899 4900 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant. 4901 4902 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 4903 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4904 4905 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP. 4906 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) { 4907 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4908 uint64_t Members; 4909 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) { 4910 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); 4911 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly. 4912 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false); 4913 } 4914 } 4915 4916 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates 4917 // are returned indirectly. 4918 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 4919 if (Size <= 32) { 4920 if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) 4921 // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4) 4922 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 4923 4924 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 4925 if (Size <= 8) 4926 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 4927 if (Size <= 16) 4928 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 4929 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 4930 } 4931 4932 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4933 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4934 } 4935 4936 /// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type. 4937 bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 4938 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4939 // Check whether VT is legal. 4940 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); 4941 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4942 // NumElements should be power of 2. 4943 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0) 4944 return true; 4945 // Size should be greater than 32 bits. 4946 return Size <= 32; 4947 } 4948 return false; 4949 } 4950 4951 bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const { 4952 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float, 4953 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors. 4954 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4955 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || 4956 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || 4957 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) 4958 return true; 4959 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4960 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4961 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128) 4962 return true; 4963 } 4964 return false; 4965 } 4966 4967 bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base, 4968 uint64_t Members) const { 4969 return Members <= 4; 4970 } 4971 4972 llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4973 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4974 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 4975 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 4976 4977 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 4978 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 4979 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 4980 4981 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 4982 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes. 4983 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4984 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4985 } 4986 4987 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4988 uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4989 bool IsIndirect = false; 4990 4991 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for 4992 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte. 4993 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP || 4994 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) 4995 TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8); 4996 else 4997 TyAlign = 4; 4998 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes. 4999 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) { 5000 IsIndirect = true; 5001 Size = 4; 5002 TyAlign = 4; 5003 } 5004 5005 // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes. 5006 if (TyAlign > 4) { 5007 assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 && 5008 "Alignment is not power of 2!"); 5009 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty); 5010 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1)); 5011 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1))); 5012 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align"); 5013 } 5014 5015 uint64_t Offset = 5016 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4); 5017 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 5018 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 5019 "ap.next"); 5020 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 5021 5022 if (IsIndirect) 5023 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP)); 5024 else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) { 5025 // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur 5026 // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned 5027 // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary 5028 // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater 5029 // than the ABI alignment. 5030 llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy(); 5031 CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty); 5032 llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty), 5033 "var.align"); 5034 llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy); 5035 llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy); 5036 Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src, 5037 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()), 5038 TyAlign, false); 5039 Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location. 5040 } 5041 llvm::Type *PTy = 5042 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 5043 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 5044 5045 return AddrTyped; 5046 } 5047 5048 namespace { 5049 5050 class NaClARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5051 public: 5052 NaClARMABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 5053 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, Kind) {} 5054 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5055 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5056 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5057 private: 5058 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv. 5059 ARMABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else. 5060 }; 5061 5062 class NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5063 public: 5064 NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 5065 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClARMABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 5066 }; 5067 5068 } 5069 5070 void NaClARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5071 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall) 5072 PInfo.computeInfo(FI); 5073 else 5074 static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).computeInfo(FI); 5075 } 5076 5077 llvm::Value *NaClARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5078 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5079 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions 5080 // is unsupported. 5081 return static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 5082 } 5083 5084 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5085 // NVPTX ABI Implementation 5086 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5087 5088 namespace { 5089 5090 class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5091 public: 5092 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5093 5094 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5095 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 5096 5097 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5098 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5099 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override; 5100 }; 5101 5102 class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5103 public: 5104 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5105 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5106 5107 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5108 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5109 private: 5110 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the 5111 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode. 5112 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand); 5113 }; 5114 5115 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5116 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5117 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5118 5119 // note: this is different from default ABI 5120 if (!RetTy->isScalarType()) 5121 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 5122 5123 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5124 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5125 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5126 5127 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5128 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5129 } 5130 5131 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5132 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5133 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5134 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5135 5136 // Return aggregates type as indirect by value 5137 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) 5138 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /* byval */ true); 5139 5140 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5141 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5142 } 5143 5144 void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5145 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5146 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5147 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5148 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5149 5150 // Always honor user-specified calling convention. 5151 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) 5152 return; 5153 5154 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC()); 5155 } 5156 5157 llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5158 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const { 5159 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs"); 5160 } 5161 5162 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo:: 5163 SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5164 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{ 5165 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5166 if (!FD) return; 5167 5168 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5169 5170 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode 5171 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5172 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions 5173 // By default, all functions are device functions 5174 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 5175 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata 5176 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node 5177 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1); 5178 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining 5179 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5180 } 5181 } 5182 5183 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode. 5184 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5185 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since 5186 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not 5187 // need to set the noinline attribute. 5188 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) { 5189 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node 5190 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1); 5191 } 5192 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) { 5193 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node 5194 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx", 5195 FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMaxThreads()); 5196 // min blocks is a default argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr, so getting a 5197 // zero value from getMinBlocks either means it was not specified in 5198 // __launch_bounds__ or the user specified a 0 value. In both cases, we 5199 // don't have to add a PTX directive. 5200 int MinCTASM = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMinBlocks(); 5201 if (MinCTASM > 0) { 5202 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node 5203 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinCTASM); 5204 } 5205 } 5206 } 5207 } 5208 5209 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, 5210 int Operand) { 5211 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent(); 5212 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext(); 5213 5214 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node 5215 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations"); 5216 5217 llvm::Metadata *MDVals[] = { 5218 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F), llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name), 5219 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get( 5220 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand))}; 5221 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations 5222 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals)); 5223 } 5224 } 5225 5226 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5227 // SystemZ ABI Implementation 5228 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5229 5230 namespace { 5231 5232 class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5233 public: 5234 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5235 5236 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const; 5237 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const; 5238 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 5239 5240 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5241 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const; 5242 5243 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 5244 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5245 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5246 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5247 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5248 } 5249 5250 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5251 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5252 }; 5253 5254 class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5255 public: 5256 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5257 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5258 }; 5259 5260 } 5261 5262 bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const { 5263 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5264 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5265 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5266 5267 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI. 5268 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 5269 return true; 5270 5271 // 32-bit values must also be promoted. 5272 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 5273 switch (BT->getKind()) { 5274 case BuiltinType::Int: 5275 case BuiltinType::UInt: 5276 return true; 5277 default: 5278 return false; 5279 } 5280 return false; 5281 } 5282 5283 bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const { 5284 return Ty->isAnyComplexType() || isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty); 5285 } 5286 5287 bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5288 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 5289 switch (BT->getKind()) { 5290 case BuiltinType::Float: 5291 case BuiltinType::Double: 5292 return true; 5293 default: 5294 return false; 5295 } 5296 5297 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) { 5298 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5299 bool Found = false; 5300 5301 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 5302 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 5303 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 5304 QualType Base = I.getType(); 5305 5306 // Empty bases don't affect things either way. 5307 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true)) 5308 continue; 5309 5310 if (Found) 5311 return false; 5312 Found = isFPArgumentType(Base); 5313 if (!Found) 5314 return false; 5315 } 5316 5317 // Check the fields. 5318 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 5319 // Empty bitfields don't affect things either way. 5320 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields 5321 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized. 5322 if (FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0) 5323 return true; 5324 5325 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count. 5326 // Nested isFPArgumentType structures still do though. 5327 if (Found) 5328 return false; 5329 Found = isFPArgumentType(FD->getType()); 5330 if (!Found) 5331 return false; 5332 } 5333 5334 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed. 5335 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double. 5336 return Found; 5337 } 5338 5339 return false; 5340 } 5341 5342 llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5343 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5344 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type: 5345 // struct { 5346 // i64 __gpr; 5347 // i64 __fpr; 5348 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area; 5349 // i8 *__reg_save_area; 5350 // }; 5351 5352 // Every argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference in either 5353 // GPRs or FPRs. 5354 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty); 5355 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 5356 bool InFPRs = isFPArgumentType(Ty); 5357 5358 llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty)); 5359 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect(); 5360 unsigned UnpaddedBitSize; 5361 if (IsIndirect) { 5362 APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy); 5363 UnpaddedBitSize = 64; 5364 } else 5365 UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5366 unsigned PaddedBitSize = 64; 5367 assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size."); 5368 5369 unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8; 5370 unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8; 5371 5372 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding; 5373 if (InFPRs) { 5374 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments 5375 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr 5376 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0 5377 RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR 5378 } else { 5379 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments 5380 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr 5381 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2 5382 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR 5383 } 5384 5385 llvm::Value *RegCountPtr = 5386 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr"); 5387 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count"); 5388 llvm::Type *IndexTy = RegCount->getType(); 5389 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs); 5390 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV, 5391 "fits_in_regs"); 5392 5393 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 5394 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem"); 5395 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 5396 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock); 5397 5398 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers. 5399 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 5400 5401 // Work out the address of an argument register. 5402 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize); 5403 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount = 5404 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count"); 5405 llvm::Value *RegBase = 5406 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding); 5407 llvm::Value *RegOffset = 5408 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset"); 5409 llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr = 5410 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr"); 5411 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea = 5412 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area"); 5413 llvm::Value *RawRegAddr = 5414 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr"); 5415 llvm::Value *RegAddr = 5416 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr"); 5417 5418 // Update the register count 5419 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1); 5420 llvm::Value *NewRegCount = 5421 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count"); 5422 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr); 5423 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 5424 5425 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory. 5426 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock); 5427 5428 // Work out the address of a stack argument. 5429 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr = 5430 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr"); 5431 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea = 5432 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area"); 5433 llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding); 5434 llvm::Value *RawMemAddr = 5435 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr"); 5436 llvm::Value *MemAddr = 5437 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr"); 5438 5439 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer 5440 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea = 5441 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area"); 5442 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr); 5443 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 5444 5445 // Return the appropriate result. 5446 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 5447 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr"); 5448 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 5449 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock); 5450 5451 if (IsIndirect) 5452 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg"); 5453 5454 return ResAddr; 5455 } 5456 5457 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5458 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5459 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5460 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64) 5461 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5462 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ? 5463 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5464 } 5465 5466 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5467 // Handle the generic C++ ABI. 5468 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 5469 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5470 5471 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width. 5472 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty)) 5473 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 5474 5475 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly. 5476 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5477 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64) 5478 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5479 5480 // Handle small structures. 5481 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5482 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really 5483 // fail the size test above. 5484 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5485 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 5486 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5487 5488 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double. 5489 llvm::Type *PassTy; 5490 if (isFPArgumentType(Ty)) { 5491 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64); 5492 if (Size == 32) 5493 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()); 5494 else 5495 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 5496 } else 5497 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 5498 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy); 5499 } 5500 5501 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly. 5502 if (isCompoundType(Ty)) 5503 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5504 5505 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr); 5506 } 5507 5508 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5509 // MSP430 ABI Implementation 5510 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5511 5512 namespace { 5513 5514 class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5515 public: 5516 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5517 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5518 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5519 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5520 }; 5521 5522 } 5523 5524 void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 5525 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5526 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 5527 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 5528 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) { 5529 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute: 5530 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5531 5532 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention. 5533 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR); 5534 5535 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness. 5536 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5537 5538 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias. 5539 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2; 5540 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage, 5541 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F); 5542 } 5543 } 5544 } 5545 5546 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5547 // MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and 5548 // big-endian variants. 5549 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5550 5551 namespace { 5552 class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5553 bool IsO32; 5554 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes; 5555 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize, 5556 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const; 5557 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const; 5558 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const; 5559 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const; 5560 public: 5561 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) : 5562 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8), 5563 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {} 5564 5565 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5566 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const; 5567 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5568 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5569 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5570 }; 5571 5572 class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5573 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException; 5574 public: 5575 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32) 5576 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)), 5577 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {} 5578 5579 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 5580 return 29; 5581 } 5582 5583 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5584 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 5585 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5586 if (!FD) return; 5587 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5588 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) { 5589 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16"); 5590 } 5591 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) { 5592 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16"); 5593 } 5594 } 5595 5596 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 5597 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 5598 5599 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override { 5600 return SizeOfUnwindException; 5601 } 5602 }; 5603 } 5604 5605 void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize, 5606 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const { 5607 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = 5608 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); 5609 5610 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy. 5611 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N) 5612 ArgList.push_back(IntTy); 5613 5614 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList. 5615 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); 5616 5617 if (R) 5618 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R)); 5619 } 5620 5621 // In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in 5622 // a register. 5623 llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const { 5624 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList; 5625 5626 if (IsO32) { 5627 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); 5628 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5629 } 5630 5631 if (Ty->isComplexType()) 5632 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 5633 5634 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 5635 5636 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers. 5637 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5638 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); 5639 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5640 } 5641 5642 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5643 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5644 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8."); 5645 5646 uint64_t LastOffset = 0; 5647 unsigned idx = 0; 5648 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64); 5649 5650 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned 5651 // double fields. 5652 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 5653 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 5654 const QualType Ty = i->getType(); 5655 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 5656 5657 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double) 5658 continue; 5659 5660 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 5661 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned. 5662 continue; 5663 5664 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64. 5665 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j) 5666 ArgList.push_back(I64); 5667 5668 // Add double type. 5669 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext())); 5670 LastOffset = Offset + 64; 5671 } 5672 5673 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList); 5674 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end()); 5675 5676 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5677 } 5678 5679 llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset, 5680 uint64_t Offset) const { 5681 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset) 5682 return nullptr; 5683 5684 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8); 5685 } 5686 5687 ABIArgInfo 5688 MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const { 5689 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset; 5690 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5691 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 5692 5693 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes), 5694 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes); 5695 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align); 5696 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8; 5697 5698 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) { 5699 // Ignore empty aggregates. 5700 if (TySize == 0) 5701 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5702 5703 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 5704 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 5705 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5706 } 5707 5708 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to 5709 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the 5710 // aggregate is unaligned. 5711 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo = 5712 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0, 5713 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset)); 5714 ArgInfo.setInReg(true); 5715 return ArgInfo; 5716 } 5717 5718 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5719 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5720 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5721 5722 // All integral types are promoted to the GPR width. 5723 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 5724 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 5725 5726 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect( 5727 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset)); 5728 } 5729 5730 llvm::Type* 5731 MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const { 5732 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 5733 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList; 5734 5735 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5736 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5737 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5738 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount(); 5739 5740 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the 5741 // following conditions are met: 5742 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit. 5743 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating 5744 // point types. 5745 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does). 5746 // 5747 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers. 5748 // 5749 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) { 5750 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 5751 for (; b != e; ++b) { 5752 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 5753 5754 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint()) 5755 break; 5756 5757 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType())); 5758 } 5759 5760 if (b == e) 5761 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList, 5762 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>()); 5763 5764 RTList.clear(); 5765 } 5766 } 5767 5768 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList); 5769 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList); 5770 } 5771 5772 ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5773 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 5774 5775 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5776 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5777 5778 // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs. 5779 // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values. 5780 if (!IsO32 && Size == 0) 5781 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5782 5783 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) { 5784 if (Size <= 128) { 5785 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 5786 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 5787 5788 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small 5789 // aggregates in registers. 5790 if (!IsO32 || 5791 (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) { 5792 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo = 5793 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size)); 5794 ArgInfo.setInReg(true); 5795 return ArgInfo; 5796 } 5797 } 5798 5799 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5800 } 5801 5802 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5803 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5804 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5805 5806 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5807 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5808 } 5809 5810 void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5811 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo(); 5812 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5813 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5814 5815 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument. 5816 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0; 5817 5818 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5819 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset); 5820 } 5821 5822 llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5823 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5824 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 5825 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 5826 5827 // Integer arguments are promoted 32-bit on O32 and 64-bit on N32/N64. 5828 unsigned SlotSizeInBits = IsO32 ? 32 : 64; 5829 if (Ty->isIntegerType() && 5830 CGF.getContext().getIntWidth(Ty) < SlotSizeInBits) { 5831 Ty = CGF.getContext().getIntTypeForBitwidth(SlotSizeInBits, 5832 Ty->isSignedIntegerType()); 5833 } 5834 5835 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 5836 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 5837 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 5838 int64_t TypeAlign = 5839 std::min(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, StackAlignInBytes); 5840 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 5841 llvm::Value *AddrTyped; 5842 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0); 5843 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty; 5844 5845 if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) { 5846 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy); 5847 llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1); 5848 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign); 5849 llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc); 5850 llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask); 5851 AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy); 5852 } 5853 else 5854 AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 5855 5856 llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP); 5857 TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes); 5858 unsigned ArgSizeInBits = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5859 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(ArgSizeInBits / 8, TypeAlign); 5860 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 5861 Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset), 5862 "ap.next"); 5863 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 5864 5865 return AddrTyped; 5866 } 5867 5868 bool 5869 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 5870 llvm::Value *Address) const { 5871 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to 5872 // as canonical as it gets. 5873 5874 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers 5875 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers. 5876 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 5877 5878 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31. 5879 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31. 5880 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo. 5881 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return. 5882 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65); 5883 5884 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7. 5885 // They are one bit wide and ignored here. 5886 5887 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31. 5888 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit) 5889 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31. 5890 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31. 5891 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers. 5892 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181); 5893 return false; 5894 } 5895 5896 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5897 // TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults. 5898 // Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute 5899 // handling. 5900 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5901 5902 namespace { 5903 5904 class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 5905 public: 5906 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5907 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 5908 5909 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5910 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5911 }; 5912 5913 void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 5914 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5915 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 5916 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5917 if (!FD) return; 5918 5919 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5920 5921 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5922 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 5923 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining 5924 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5925 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>(); 5926 if (Attr) { 5927 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata. 5928 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext(); 5929 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata = 5930 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.kernel_wg_size_info"); 5931 5932 SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 5> Operands; 5933 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F)); 5934 5935 Operands.push_back( 5936 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue( 5937 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim())))); 5938 Operands.push_back( 5939 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue( 5940 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim())))); 5941 Operands.push_back( 5942 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue( 5943 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim())))); 5944 5945 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" (false) 5946 // for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. Currently 5947 // always true as the hint is not yet implemented. 5948 Operands.push_back( 5949 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context))); 5950 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands)); 5951 } 5952 } 5953 } 5954 } 5955 5956 } 5957 5958 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5959 // Hexagon ABI Implementation 5960 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5961 5962 namespace { 5963 5964 class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5965 5966 5967 public: 5968 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5969 5970 private: 5971 5972 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5973 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 5974 5975 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5976 5977 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5978 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5979 }; 5980 5981 class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5982 public: 5983 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5984 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5985 5986 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 5987 return 29; 5988 } 5989 }; 5990 5991 } 5992 5993 void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5994 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5995 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5996 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5997 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5998 } 5999 6000 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 6001 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 6002 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 6003 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 6004 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6005 6006 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 6007 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 6008 } 6009 6010 // Ignore empty records. 6011 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 6012 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 6013 6014 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 6015 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 6016 6017 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 6018 if (Size > 64) 6019 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true); 6020 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type. 6021 else if (Size > 32) 6022 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); 6023 else if (Size > 16) 6024 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 6025 else if (Size > 8) 6026 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 6027 else 6028 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 6029 } 6030 6031 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 6032 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 6033 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 6034 6035 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 6036 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64) 6037 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 6038 6039 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 6040 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 6041 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 6042 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6043 6044 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 6045 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 6046 } 6047 6048 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 6049 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 6050 6051 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates 6052 // are returned indirectly. 6053 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 6054 if (Size <= 64) { 6055 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 6056 if (Size <= 8) 6057 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 6058 if (Size <= 16) 6059 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 6060 if (Size <= 32) 6061 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 6062 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); 6063 } 6064 6065 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true); 6066 } 6067 6068 llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6069 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 6070 // FIXME: Need to handle alignment 6071 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 6072 6073 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6074 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 6075 "ap"); 6076 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 6077 llvm::Type *PTy = 6078 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 6079 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 6080 6081 uint64_t Offset = 6082 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4); 6083 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 6084 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 6085 "ap.next"); 6086 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 6087 6088 return AddrTyped; 6089 } 6090 6091 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6092 // AMDGPU ABI Implementation 6093 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6094 6095 namespace { 6096 6097 class AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6098 public: 6099 AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6100 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6101 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6102 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 6103 }; 6104 6105 } 6106 6107 void AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes( 6108 const Decl *D, 6109 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6110 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 6111 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 6112 if (!FD) 6113 return; 6114 6115 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumVGPRAttr>()) { 6116 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 6117 uint32_t NumVGPR = Attr->getNumVGPR(); 6118 if (NumVGPR != 0) 6119 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_vgpr", llvm::utostr(NumVGPR)); 6120 } 6121 6122 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumSGPRAttr>()) { 6123 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 6124 unsigned NumSGPR = Attr->getNumSGPR(); 6125 if (NumSGPR != 0) 6126 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_sgpr", llvm::utostr(NumSGPR)); 6127 } 6128 } 6129 6130 6131 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6132 // SPARC v9 ABI Implementation. 6133 // Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1. 6134 // 6135 // Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to 6136 // registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in 6137 // the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly. 6138 // 6139 // One case requires special care: 6140 // 6141 // struct mixed { 6142 // int i; 6143 // float f; 6144 // }; 6145 // 6146 // When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the 6147 // parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float 6148 // is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments 6149 // with the LLVM IR inreg attribute: 6150 // 6151 // declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f) 6152 // 6153 // The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for 6154 // the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8 6155 // bytes. 6156 // 6157 namespace { 6158 class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 6159 public: 6160 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 6161 6162 private: 6163 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const; 6164 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 6165 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6166 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 6167 6168 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type 6169 // serves two purposes: 6170 // 6171 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned' 6172 // in registers. 6173 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the 6174 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers. 6175 // 6176 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains 6177 // aligned 32-bit floats. 6178 // 6179 struct CoerceBuilder { 6180 llvm::LLVMContext &Context; 6181 const llvm::DataLayout &DL; 6182 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems; 6183 uint64_t Size; 6184 bool InReg; 6185 6186 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl) 6187 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {} 6188 6189 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize. 6190 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) { 6191 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements"); 6192 if (ToSize == Size) 6193 return; 6194 6195 // Finish the current 64-bit word. 6196 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64); 6197 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) { 6198 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size)); 6199 Size = Aligned; 6200 } 6201 6202 // Add whole 64-bit words. 6203 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) { 6204 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context)); 6205 Size += 64; 6206 } 6207 6208 // Final in-word padding. 6209 if (Size < ToSize) { 6210 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size)); 6211 Size = ToSize; 6212 } 6213 } 6214 6215 // Add a floating point element at Offset. 6216 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) { 6217 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers. 6218 if (Offset % Bits) 6219 return; 6220 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits. 6221 if (Bits < 64) 6222 InReg = true; 6223 pad(Offset); 6224 Elems.push_back(Ty); 6225 Size = Offset + Bits; 6226 } 6227 6228 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits). 6229 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) { 6230 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy); 6231 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { 6232 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i); 6233 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i); 6234 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) { 6235 case llvm::Type::StructTyID: 6236 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy)); 6237 break; 6238 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID: 6239 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32); 6240 break; 6241 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID: 6242 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64); 6243 break; 6244 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID: 6245 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128); 6246 break; 6247 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID: 6248 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) { 6249 pad(ElemOffset); 6250 Elems.push_back(ElemTy); 6251 Size += 64; 6252 } 6253 break; 6254 default: 6255 break; 6256 } 6257 } 6258 } 6259 6260 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type. 6261 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const { 6262 if (Ty->getNumElements() != Elems.size()) 6263 return false; 6264 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elems.size(); i != e; ++i) 6265 if (Elems[i] != Ty->getElementType(i)) 6266 return false; 6267 return true; 6268 } 6269 6270 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type. 6271 llvm::Type *getType() const { 6272 if (Elems.size() == 1) 6273 return Elems.front(); 6274 else 6275 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems); 6276 } 6277 }; 6278 }; 6279 } // end anonymous namespace 6280 6281 ABIArgInfo 6282 SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const { 6283 if (Ty->isVoidType()) 6284 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 6285 6286 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 6287 6288 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect 6289 // pointer / sret pointer. 6290 if (Size > SizeLimit) 6291 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 6292 6293 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 6294 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 6295 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6296 6297 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended. 6298 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType()) 6299 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 6300 6301 // Other non-aggregates go in registers. 6302 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) 6303 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 6304 6305 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial 6306 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer. 6307 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 6308 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 6309 6310 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers. 6311 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type. 6312 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)); 6313 if (!StrTy) 6314 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 6315 6316 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout()); 6317 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy); 6318 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64)); 6319 6320 // Try to use the original type for coercion. 6321 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType(); 6322 6323 if (CB.InReg) 6324 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy); 6325 else 6326 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 6327 } 6328 6329 llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6330 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 6331 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8); 6332 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 6333 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType()) 6334 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy); 6335 6336 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 6337 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6338 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 6339 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 6340 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy); 6341 llvm::Value *ArgAddr; 6342 unsigned Stride; 6343 6344 switch (AI.getKind()) { 6345 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 6346 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 6347 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"); 6348 6349 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 6350 Stride = 8; 6351 ArgAddr = Builder 6352 .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy), 6353 "extend"); 6354 break; 6355 6356 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 6357 Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()); 6358 ArgAddr = Addr; 6359 break; 6360 6361 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 6362 Stride = 8; 6363 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, 6364 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy), 6365 "indirect"); 6366 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg"); 6367 break; 6368 6369 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 6370 return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy); 6371 } 6372 6373 // Update VAList. 6374 Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next"); 6375 Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 6376 6377 return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr"); 6378 } 6379 6380 void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 6381 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8); 6382 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 6383 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8); 6384 } 6385 6386 namespace { 6387 class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6388 public: 6389 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6390 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6391 6392 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 6393 return 14; 6394 } 6395 6396 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 6397 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 6398 }; 6399 } // end anonymous namespace 6400 6401 bool 6402 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 6403 llvm::Value *Address) const { 6404 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 6405 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 6406 6407 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6408 6409 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 6410 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 6411 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 6412 6413 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers 6414 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31); 6415 6416 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers 6417 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63); 6418 6419 // Y = 64 6420 // PSR = 65 6421 // WIM = 66 6422 // TBR = 67 6423 // PC = 68 6424 // NPC = 69 6425 // FSR = 70 6426 // CSR = 71 6427 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71); 6428 6429 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers 6430 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87); 6431 6432 return false; 6433 } 6434 6435 6436 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6437 // XCore ABI Implementation 6438 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6439 6440 namespace { 6441 6442 /// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing 6443 /// it by reference between functions that append to it. 6444 typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc; 6445 6446 /// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types. 6447 /// 6448 /// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold: 6449 /// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses; 6450 /// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion. 6451 /// 6452 /// A cache Entry can have a Status of: 6453 /// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive; 6454 /// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive; 6455 /// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString; 6456 /// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a 6457 /// Recursive type encoding. 6458 /// 6459 /// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully 6460 /// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type 6461 /// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever 6462 /// the type is encountered. 6463 /// 6464 /// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as 6465 /// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which 6466 /// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion 6467 /// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses 6468 /// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types. 6469 /// 6470 /// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its 6471 /// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and 6472 /// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and 6473 /// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion 6474 /// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed. 6475 /// 6476 /// During the expansion of a RecordType's members: 6477 /// 6478 /// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the 6479 /// cached encoding is used; 6480 /// 6481 /// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the 6482 /// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and... 6483 /// 6484 /// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the 6485 /// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member; 6486 /// 6487 /// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete 6488 /// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out 6489 /// it is swapped back in; 6490 /// 6491 /// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete 6492 /// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many 6493 /// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount; 6494 /// 6495 /// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz: 6496 /// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache. 6497 /// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has 6498 /// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member. 6499 /// 6500 class TypeStringCache { 6501 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed}; 6502 struct Entry { 6503 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type. 6504 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'. 6505 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding 6506 // during the expansion of RecordType's members. 6507 }; 6508 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map; 6509 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map. 6510 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map. 6511 public: 6512 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {}; 6513 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc); 6514 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID); 6515 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str, 6516 bool IsRecursive); 6517 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID); 6518 }; 6519 6520 /// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order. 6521 /// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process. 6522 class FieldEncoding { 6523 bool HasName; 6524 std::string Enc; 6525 public: 6526 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {}; 6527 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();}; 6528 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const { 6529 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName; 6530 return Enc < rhs.Enc; 6531 } 6532 }; 6533 6534 class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 6535 public: 6536 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {} 6537 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6538 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 6539 }; 6540 6541 class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6542 mutable TypeStringCache TSC; 6543 public: 6544 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6545 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6546 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6547 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 6548 }; 6549 6550 } // End anonymous namespace. 6551 6552 llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6553 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 6554 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6555 6556 // Get the VAList. 6557 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, 6558 CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy); 6559 llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP); 6560 6561 // Handle the argument. 6562 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 6563 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 6564 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType()) 6565 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy); 6566 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy); 6567 llvm::Value *Val; 6568 uint64_t ArgSize = 0; 6569 switch (AI.getKind()) { 6570 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 6571 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 6572 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"); 6573 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 6574 Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy); 6575 ArgSize = 0; 6576 break; 6577 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 6578 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 6579 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy); 6580 ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()); 6581 if (ArgSize < 4) 6582 ArgSize = 4; 6583 break; 6584 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 6585 llvm::Value *ArgAddr; 6586 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy)); 6587 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr); 6588 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy); 6589 ArgSize = 4; 6590 break; 6591 } 6592 6593 // Increment the VAList. 6594 if (ArgSize) { 6595 llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize); 6596 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP); 6597 } 6598 return Val; 6599 } 6600 6601 /// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed 6602 /// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion. 6603 /// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will 6604 /// be reinserted by removeIncomplete(). 6605 /// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here. 6606 void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, 6607 std::string StubEnc) { 6608 if (!ID) 6609 return; 6610 Entry &E = Map[ID]; 6611 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) && 6612 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete"); 6613 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()"); 6614 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive 6615 E.Str.swap(StubEnc); 6616 E.State = Incomplete; 6617 ++IncompleteCount; 6618 } 6619 6620 /// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString 6621 /// must be removed from the cache. 6622 /// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced. 6623 /// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively. 6624 bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6625 if (!ID) 6626 return false; 6627 auto I = Map.find(ID); 6628 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present"); 6629 Entry &E = I->second; 6630 assert( (E.State == Incomplete || 6631 E.State == IncompleteUsed) && 6632 "Entry must be an incomplete type"); 6633 bool IsRecursive = false; 6634 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) { 6635 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive. 6636 IsRecursive = true; 6637 --IncompleteUsedCount; 6638 } 6639 if (E.Swapped.empty()) 6640 Map.erase(I); 6641 else { 6642 // Swap the Recursive back. 6643 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); 6644 E.Swapped.clear(); 6645 E.State = Recursive; 6646 } 6647 --IncompleteCount; 6648 return IsRecursive; 6649 } 6650 6651 /// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or 6652 /// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible). 6653 void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str, 6654 bool IsRecursive) { 6655 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount) 6656 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add. 6657 Entry &E = Map[ID]; 6658 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) { 6659 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() && 6660 "This is not the same Recursive entry"); 6661 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used 6662 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when 6663 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0. 6664 return; 6665 } 6666 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present"); 6667 E.Str = Str.str(); 6668 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive; 6669 } 6670 6671 /// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we 6672 /// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached 6673 /// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef. 6674 StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6675 if (!ID) 6676 return StringRef(); // We have no key. 6677 auto I = Map.find(ID); 6678 if (I == Map.end()) 6679 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding. 6680 Entry &E = I->second; 6681 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount) 6682 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types. 6683 6684 if (E.State == Incomplete) { 6685 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion. 6686 E.State = IncompleteUsed; 6687 ++IncompleteUsedCount; 6688 } 6689 return E.Str.c_str(); 6690 } 6691 6692 /// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol 6693 /// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify 6694 /// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al. 6695 /// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings. 6696 /// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global 6697 /// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables. 6698 /// 6699 /// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details. 6700 /// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details: 6701 /// <https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf> 6702 /// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c. 6703 /// 6704 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D, 6705 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC); 6706 6707 /// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols. 6708 void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6709 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 6710 SmallStringEnc Enc; 6711 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) { 6712 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext(); 6713 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 2> MDVals; 6714 MDVals.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(GV)); 6715 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str())); 6716 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = 6717 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings"); 6718 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals)); 6719 } 6720 } 6721 6722 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType, 6723 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6724 TypeStringCache &TSC); 6725 6726 /// Helper function for appendRecordType(). 6727 /// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration order. 6728 static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE, 6729 const RecordDecl *RD, 6730 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6731 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6732 for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) { 6733 SmallStringEnc Enc; 6734 Enc += "m("; 6735 Enc += Field->getName(); 6736 Enc += "){"; 6737 if (Field->isBitField()) { 6738 Enc += "b("; 6739 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc); 6740 OS.resync(); 6741 OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext()); 6742 OS.flush(); 6743 Enc += ':'; 6744 } 6745 if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC)) 6746 return false; 6747 if (Field->isBitField()) 6748 Enc += ')'; 6749 Enc += '}'; 6750 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc)); 6751 } 6752 return true; 6753 } 6754 6755 /// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache. 6756 /// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field. 6757 /// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI. 6758 static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT, 6759 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6760 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6761 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one. 6762 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID); 6763 if (!TypeString.empty()) { 6764 Enc += TypeString; 6765 return true; 6766 } 6767 6768 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString. 6769 size_t Start = Enc.size(); 6770 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's'); 6771 Enc += '('; 6772 if (ID) 6773 Enc += ID->getName(); 6774 Enc += "){"; 6775 6776 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary. 6777 bool IsRecursive = false; 6778 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition(); 6779 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) { 6780 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType 6781 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a 6782 // complete TypeString for this RecordType. 6783 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE; 6784 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str()); 6785 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString. 6786 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc)); 6787 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) { 6788 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID); 6789 return false; 6790 } 6791 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID); 6792 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures. 6793 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm. 6794 if (RT->isUnionType()) 6795 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end()); 6796 // We can now complete the TypeString. 6797 unsigned E = FE.size(); 6798 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) { 6799 if (I) 6800 Enc += ','; 6801 Enc += FE[I].str(); 6802 } 6803 } 6804 Enc += '}'; 6805 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive); 6806 return true; 6807 } 6808 6809 /// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache. 6810 static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET, 6811 TypeStringCache &TSC, 6812 const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6813 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one. 6814 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID); 6815 if (!TypeString.empty()) { 6816 Enc += TypeString; 6817 return true; 6818 } 6819 6820 size_t Start = Enc.size(); 6821 Enc += "e("; 6822 if (ID) 6823 Enc += ID->getName(); 6824 Enc += "){"; 6825 6826 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically. 6827 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) { 6828 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE; 6829 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E; 6830 ++I) { 6831 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc; 6832 EnumEnc += "m("; 6833 EnumEnc += I->getName(); 6834 EnumEnc += "){"; 6835 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc); 6836 EnumEnc += '}'; 6837 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc)); 6838 } 6839 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end()); 6840 unsigned E = FE.size(); 6841 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) { 6842 if (I) 6843 Enc += ','; 6844 Enc += FE[I].str(); 6845 } 6846 } 6847 Enc += '}'; 6848 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false); 6849 return true; 6850 } 6851 6852 /// Appends type's qualifier to Enc. 6853 /// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding. 6854 static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) { 6855 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order. 6856 static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"}; 6857 int Lookup = 0; 6858 if (QT.isConstQualified()) 6859 Lookup += 1<<0; 6860 if (QT.isRestrictQualified()) 6861 Lookup += 1<<1; 6862 if (QT.isVolatileQualified()) 6863 Lookup += 1<<2; 6864 Enc += Table[Lookup]; 6865 } 6866 6867 /// Appends built-in types to Enc. 6868 static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) { 6869 const char *EncType; 6870 switch (BT->getKind()) { 6871 case BuiltinType::Void: 6872 EncType = "0"; 6873 break; 6874 case BuiltinType::Bool: 6875 EncType = "b"; 6876 break; 6877 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 6878 EncType = "uc"; 6879 break; 6880 case BuiltinType::UChar: 6881 EncType = "uc"; 6882 break; 6883 case BuiltinType::SChar: 6884 EncType = "sc"; 6885 break; 6886 case BuiltinType::UShort: 6887 EncType = "us"; 6888 break; 6889 case BuiltinType::Short: 6890 EncType = "ss"; 6891 break; 6892 case BuiltinType::UInt: 6893 EncType = "ui"; 6894 break; 6895 case BuiltinType::Int: 6896 EncType = "si"; 6897 break; 6898 case BuiltinType::ULong: 6899 EncType = "ul"; 6900 break; 6901 case BuiltinType::Long: 6902 EncType = "sl"; 6903 break; 6904 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 6905 EncType = "ull"; 6906 break; 6907 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 6908 EncType = "sll"; 6909 break; 6910 case BuiltinType::Float: 6911 EncType = "ft"; 6912 break; 6913 case BuiltinType::Double: 6914 EncType = "d"; 6915 break; 6916 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 6917 EncType = "ld"; 6918 break; 6919 default: 6920 return false; 6921 } 6922 Enc += EncType; 6923 return true; 6924 } 6925 6926 /// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee. 6927 static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT, 6928 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6929 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6930 Enc += "p("; 6931 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC)) 6932 return false; 6933 Enc += ')'; 6934 return true; 6935 } 6936 6937 /// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element. 6938 static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT, 6939 const ArrayType *AT, 6940 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6941 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) { 6942 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal) 6943 return false; 6944 Enc += "a("; 6945 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 6946 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc); 6947 else 6948 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "". 6949 Enc += ':'; 6950 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 6951 appendQualifier(Enc, QT); 6952 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC)) 6953 return false; 6954 Enc += ')'; 6955 return true; 6956 } 6957 6958 /// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type 6959 /// and the arguments. 6960 static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT, 6961 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6962 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6963 Enc += "f{"; 6964 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC)) 6965 return false; 6966 Enc += "}("; 6967 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6968 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types. 6969 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin(); 6970 auto E = FPT->param_type_end(); 6971 if (I != E) { 6972 do { 6973 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC)) 6974 return false; 6975 ++I; 6976 if (I != E) 6977 Enc += ','; 6978 } while (I != E); 6979 if (FPT->isVariadic()) 6980 Enc += ",va"; 6981 } else { 6982 if (FPT->isVariadic()) 6983 Enc += "va"; 6984 else 6985 Enc += '0'; 6986 } 6987 } 6988 Enc += ')'; 6989 return true; 6990 } 6991 6992 /// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific 6993 /// type encodings. 6994 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType, 6995 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6996 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6997 6998 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType(); 6999 7000 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) 7001 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 7002 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here. 7003 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, ""); 7004 7005 appendQualifier(Enc, QT); 7006 7007 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 7008 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT); 7009 7010 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>()) 7011 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC); 7012 7013 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>()) 7014 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 7015 7016 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType()) 7017 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 7018 7019 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType()) 7020 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 7021 7022 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>()) 7023 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC); 7024 7025 return false; 7026 } 7027 7028 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D, 7029 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) { 7030 if (!D) 7031 return false; 7032 7033 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7034 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage) 7035 return false; 7036 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC); 7037 } 7038 7039 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7040 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage) 7041 return false; 7042 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType(); 7043 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) { 7044 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown. 7045 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 7046 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here. 7047 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*"); 7048 } 7049 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC); 7050 } 7051 return false; 7052 } 7053 7054 7055 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7056 // Driver code 7057 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7058 7059 const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const { 7060 return getTarget().getTriple(); 7061 } 7062 7063 bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const { 7064 return !getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO(); 7065 } 7066 7067 const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() { 7068 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo) 7069 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo; 7070 7071 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple(); 7072 switch (Triple.getArch()) { 7073 default: 7074 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7075 7076 case llvm::Triple::le32: 7077 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7078 case llvm::Triple::mips: 7079 case llvm::Triple::mipsel: 7080 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true)); 7081 7082 case llvm::Triple::mips64: 7083 case llvm::Triple::mips64el: 7084 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false)); 7085 7086 case llvm::Triple::aarch64: 7087 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: { 7088 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS; 7089 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs") 7090 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS; 7091 7092 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 7093 } 7094 7095 case llvm::Triple::arm: 7096 case llvm::Triple::armeb: 7097 case llvm::Triple::thumb: 7098 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb: 7099 { 7100 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS; 7101 if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu") 7102 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS; 7103 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" || 7104 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" && 7105 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF)) 7106 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP; 7107 7108 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 7109 case llvm::Triple::NaCl: 7110 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7111 new NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 7112 default: 7113 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7114 new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 7115 } 7116 } 7117 7118 case llvm::Triple::ppc: 7119 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7120 case llvm::Triple::ppc64: 7121 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) { 7122 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1; 7123 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2") 7124 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2; 7125 7126 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7127 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 7128 } else 7129 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7130 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: { 7131 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!"); 7132 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2; 7133 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1") 7134 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1; 7135 7136 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7137 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 7138 } 7139 7140 case llvm::Triple::nvptx: 7141 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64: 7142 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7143 7144 case llvm::Triple::msp430: 7145 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7146 7147 case llvm::Triple::systemz: 7148 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7149 7150 case llvm::Triple::tce: 7151 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7152 7153 case llvm::Triple::x86: { 7154 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin(); 7155 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI = 7156 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts); 7157 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isOSWindows() && !Triple.isOSCygMing(); 7158 7159 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) { 7160 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7161 new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 7162 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI, 7163 IsWin32FloatStructABI, 7164 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); 7165 } else { 7166 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7167 new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 7168 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI, 7169 IsWin32FloatStructABI, 7170 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); 7171 } 7172 } 7173 7174 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: { 7175 bool HasAVX = getTarget().getABI() == "avx"; 7176 7177 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 7178 case llvm::Triple::Win32: 7179 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7180 new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX)); 7181 case llvm::Triple::NaCl: 7182 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7183 new NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX)); 7184 default: 7185 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7186 new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX)); 7187 } 7188 } 7189 case llvm::Triple::hexagon: 7190 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7191 case llvm::Triple::r600: 7192 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7193 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9: 7194 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7195 case llvm::Triple::xcore: 7196 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7197 } 7198 } 7199